Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 135

I

D

n
o
.

8
0
8
0
0
1
,

0
5
.
1
1
,

5
k
Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Mail: P O Box 33 NO-1324 Lysaker, Offce: Strandveien 20, 1366 Lysaker, Norway
Tel: +47 67 58 45 50, Fax: +47 67 58 45 70
www.wilhelmsen.com/shipsservice
Chemicals Manual
No. 1 marine chemical supplier in the world
All chemicals manufactured in Unitor Chemicals factory in Norway
IMO approved products, and produced according to ISO standards
Highly competent marine chemical specialists provide application
and technical support to vessels in port
No.1 supplier to the marine market
M
a
r
i
n
e

C
h
e
m
i
c
a
l
s

M
a
n
u
a
l
We make every port your home port
Fuel and Oil Treatment
Cleaning, Maintenance
and Biochemicals
Water Treatment
Pool Water Treatment
Equipment
Chemicals Manual
No.1 supplier to the marine market
INDEX
Coldw ash HD 14
Seaclean 15
Seaclean Plus 16
Cleanbreak 18
Enviroclean 19
Seacare O.S.D. 20
Seacare Ecosperse 52 21
Alkleen Safet y Liquid 23
Alkleen Liquid 24
Fore & Aft 25
H.P. Wash 26
Uni-Wash 27
Aquabreak PX 28
Aquat uff 29
Foam-Agent 30
Aquat uff High Foam 31
Slip Coat 32
Slip Coat WR 33
UniPol 34
Tankleen Advance 35
ACC Plus 36
Carbonclean LT 38
Air Cooler Cleaner 39
Carbon Remover 42
Commissioning Cleaner 44
Disclean 43
FUEL & OIL TREATMENT
CLEANING, MAINTENANCE AND BIOCHEMICALS
WATER TREATMENT
Fuelcare 2
Gamabreak 3
Biocont rol MAR-71 4
Dual Purpose Plus 5
Burnaid 6
Combit reat 74
Liquit reat 75
Aut ot reat 76
Cat Sulphit e L (CSL) 77
Oxygen Scavenger Plus 78
Hardness Cont rol 79
Alkalinit y Cont rol 80
Oxygen Cont rol 81
Condensat e Cont rol 82
Descalex 44
Descaling Liquid 45
Met al Brit e 46
Met al Brit e H.D. 47
Tankleen Bright 48
Deck Clean NP 49
Teak Renew er 50
Elect rosolv-E 51
Unit or USC Ult rasonic Cleaner 52
Nat ural Hand Cleaner 53
Gamazyme BOE 54
Gamazyme BTC 55
Gamazyme Toilet Descaler 56
Gamazyme BUB 57
Gamazyme MSC 58
Gamazyme DPC 59
Gamazyme 700FN 60
Gamazyme Digest or 62
Gamazyme FC 63
Carpet Cleaner 64
Defoamer Concent rat e 65
Bilge Wat er Flocculant 66
Reefer Cleaner 67
Mud & Silt Remover 68
Penet ron Plus 69
Zinc Coat Condit ioner 70
Dieselit e 7
Valvecare 8
Soot Remover 9
Soot Remover Liquid 10
Boiler Coagulant 83
Pot able Wat er St abiliser 84
Dieselguard NB 85
Rocor NB Liquid 86
Coolt reat AL 87
Vapt reat 88
Mult iVap 89
Bioguard 90
MAR-71 91
INDEX
EQUIPMENT
Fuel/ lube Oil Test Kit s The Fuel Oil Test Cabinet 99
Compat ibilit y Test Kit 99
Wat er in oil Test Kit 100
TBN Test Kit 100
Combined Oil Test Kit 100
Densit y Met er 101
Viscosit y Met er 101
Bunker Sampler 101
Oil Test Cent re 102
Cleaning and Dosing
Equipment Inject ors for Soot Remover 102
Manual Dosing unit for
Soot Remover Liquid 103
Aut omat ic Dosing unit for
Soot Remover Liquid 103
Wat er Test Kit Select or 104
POOL WATER TREATMENT
pH Increaser 94
Pool and Spa Hardness 95
Pool Surface Cleaner 96
Spa Defoamer 97
Pool Clarier 98
Spekt rapak 309 105
Spect rapak 310 106
Spect rapak 315 108
Spect rapak 311 110
Spect rapak 312 112
Spect rapak 313 113
HP-Boiler Wat er
Test Kit 114
Test Kit for CoolTreat AL 116
Dosing Syst em for Wat er
Treat ment and Fuel Oil
Treat ment 117
Dosing Syst em for
Evaporat or Treat ment 118
Cleaning and Dosing
Equipment 119
Fuel and Oil
Treatment
Marine Chemicals
Marine
Chemicals
Marine
Chemicals
1
FUEL OIL TREATMENT
Probl em and sol ut i on summary
Problem Solution Product(s)
Fuel sludging
High w at er cont ent and fuel polymerisat ion Inhibit polymerisat ion and disperse sludge int o Fuel care
causes sludge format ion and filt er blocking. combust ible st at e. Demulsify w at er and st abilise Gamabreak
fuel t o rest ore combust ion charact erist ics. Burnai d
High temperature corrosion
A combinat ion of vanadium and sodium Raise t he melt ing point of t he ashes t o keep t hem Val vecare
result s in highly corrosive ashes w it h low as solids. The ashes are t hen eject ed w it h t he Di esel i t e
melt ing point s w hich at t ack met als causing exhaust gas.
damage and failure.
Low temperature corrosion
Sulphur and high levels of excess air A combust ion cat alyst enables t he reduct ion of Dual Purpose Pl us
cont ribut e t o t he format ion of dilut ed excess air in boilers and reduces t he format ion of Burnai d
sulphuric acid leading t o corrosion. sulphuric acid. In diesel engines t he use of ash Val vecare
modifiers inhibit s t he cat alyt ic act ion t hat Di esel i t e
vanadium has on t he SO2 SO3 conversion.
Ash deposits
Carbon residuals from combust ion processes Combust ion cat alyst increases C CO2 Dual Purpose Pl us
bind ash part icles t oget her t o form deposit s. conversion reducing free carbon. Burnai d
Di esel i t e
Smoke and Smut emission
Low excess air; pre-heat t emperat ures t oo Check and adjust mechanical funct ions - e.g. Dual Purpose Pl us
high: burner/ inject or malfunct ion; fouled air clean air cooler. A combust ion cat alyst w ill Di esel i t e
coolers; incorrect t iming; high MCR fuel, reduce carbon residue format ion. Burnai d
result ing in excessive carbon residue.
Deterioration of power output
Ash and carbon deposit s in combust ion zone Combust ion cat alyst s improve combust ion. Dual Purpose Pl us
and exhaust syst em causing general loss of Ash modifiers reduce deposit s. Di esel i t e
efficiency in boilers and t urbocharger surging Burnai d
in diesel engines. Val vecare
Soot and firescale build-up
Incomplet e combust ion causes soot and Cat alyt ically low er carbon ignit ion t emperat ure, Soot Remover
dense carbon based firescale. Gas flow result ing in soot burn off. Soot Remover Liquid
impaired and heat t ransfer efficiency reduced.
Exhaust syst ems, economisers et c. become
blocked.
Fuel system corrosion
Microbiological act ivit y produces a corrosive Kill microbiological cont aminant . Neut ralise acid, Biocontrol MAR-71
environment . Salt w at er cont aminat ion of fuel. separat e out w at er. Fuel care
Gamabreak
Marine
Chemicals
2
FUELCARE
Fuel Condi t i oner/St abi l i zer
Product Descri pt i on
Fuelcare is a pre-combust ion condit ioning t reat ment for
residual fuel oils.
Product Propert i es
Fuelcare prevent s and disperses sludge, st ops
st rat ificat ion of fuel in t anks, breaks w at er-in-oil
emulsions and gives a bet t er separat ion of w at er and
sediment s from oil. It provides a more homogeneous fuel
for combust ion. Vessels bunker lines remain cleaner and
filt er blockages are reduced or prevent ed. Cent rifugal
w at er and cont aminant separat ion is made more efficient
and all syst em component s st ay cleaner.
Dow n-t ime of separat ors, boilers, engines, et c is reduced
due t o more effect ive fuel handling.
The t reat ed oil has improved combust ion qualit y because
slow burning fuel component s are kept in a finely
dispersed st at e.
An effect ive corrosion inhibit or coat s all fuel syst em
component s w it h a w at er repellent film. This ensures t hat
t he fuel syst em is prot ect ed.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Ideally, Fuelcare should be dosed direct ly int o t he bunker
t ank prior t o bunkering. How ever, it can be int roduced t o
t he set t ling t ank or during t ransfer from st orage. Dosage
rat es are best det ermined from t he result s of fuel
analysis, i.e. sediment cont ent or compat ibilit y t est w hich
is easily performed on board using t he Compat ibilit y Test
Kit .
ASTM SPOT 1 2 3 4* 5*
Sediment % 0.05 or less 0.05 0.1 0.2* 0.5 or over*
DOSE RATE * * 1:8000 1:4000 1:2000 1:500 1:200
* Avoid using t his fuel if possible.
* * Fully compat ible blends, w it h a sediment percent age
of less t han 0.05, should not require t reat ment for
incompat ibilit y. Marginal number 1 spot s may cause
sludging if t he fuel is not handled carefully, so some
t reat ment may be necessary, especially if ot her
problems such as w at er cont ent or corrosion are
apparent .
If t est result s are not available, an init ial dose of 1:5000 is
recommended, and adjust ment s made as necessary.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.9
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
650 766154 25 St eel
650 766162 210 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Disperses and prevent s sludge format ion, keeping fuel


syst ems cleaner

St abilises fuel blends, reducing compat ibilit y problems.

Fuel acids are neut ralised. Fuel syst em component s


have longer w orking life, less dow n-t ime

Demulsifies w at er from fuel and improves cent rifugal


separat ion

Reduces corrosion in t anks and fuel lines

Prevent s filt er blockage and improves inject or spray


pat t ern

Limit s sludge and t ank bot t om deposit s, maint ains a


cleaner fuel syst em

Can be used as a cleaner for pre-heat ers, burner t ips,


fuel filt ers, et c.
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
3
GAMABREAK
Wat er-i n-Fuel Emul si on Breaker
Product Descri pt i on
Gamabreak rapidly breaks w at er-in-oil emulsions in all
grades of fuel. It assist s w at er removal in t he set t ling t ank
and fuel cent rifuges.
Product Propert i es
Gamabreak breaks w at er-in-oil emulsions by low ering t he
surface t ension bet w een t he t w o phases. It is insoluble in
w at er and remains effect ive even aft er t he w at er has
been removed. Pow erful dispersant s combat exist ing
sludge format ions w hile homogenising t he fuel t o prevent
new sludge from being formed. Cent rifugal separat ion of
cat alyst fines is improved, reducing abrasion damage.
The homogenising act ion of Gamabreak keeps heavy fuel
part icles in suspension, t herefore fuel filt ers block less
frequent ly, t anks and lines remain cleaner, and in general,
fuel syst ems maint enance is minimised. Consequent ly, a
great er proport ion of supplied fuel is available for
combust ion.
Di rect i on f or Use and Dose Rat es
Dose int o t he bunker t ank prior t o, or during bunkering.
Allow t he product t o mix w ell w it h t he fuel. If fuel analysis
is available, t he dosage should be based on t he w at er
cont ent , as per t he follow ing t able.
Wat er %Vol 0.5-1.0 1.0-2.0 Above 2.0
Dose rat e 1:4000 1:2000 1:1000 t o 1:500
If no analysis is available eit her from a laborat ory or Unit or
w at er-in-oil t est kit , use an init ial dose rat e of 1:4000 and
adjust according t o t he result s obt ained.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Yellow liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.9
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
650 767113 25 St eel
Feat ures,Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Rapidly breaks w at er-in-oil emulsions

Improves separat or efficiency

Prevent s sludge format ion in t anks and lines


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
4
BIOCONTROL MAR-71
Fuel Oi l Bi oci de
Product descri pt i on
Biocont rol Mar-71 is a specially designed liquid biocide
against micro organisms cont aminat ing fuel st orage t anks
and syst ems. These micro organisms can cause
corrosion, clog filt ers and nozzles and degrade t he
propert ies of t he fuel. Biocont rol Mar-71 is effect ive in
layers bet w een w at er and oil w here t he bact eria grow t h
is most act ive.
Di rect i ons f or Use
Biocont rol Mar-71 is self dispersing and can t herefore be
added direct ly t o t he fuel t ank. The prevent ive dose rat e is
0.3 It r per t on of fuel but in st rongly infect ed fuels t he
dose rat e should be 3 It r per t on of fuel.
In case of lube oil cont aminat ion, see product dat a sheet
for MAR 71.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
DENSITY In g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.9
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
650 571257 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Kills micro organisms in fuel oil

Keeps filt ers and nozzles free from clogging

Prevent s corrosion in fuel syst ems

Is not harmful t o met al and synt het ic rubber

Does not form corrosive combust ion product s

No cases have been report ed w here bact eria have


become immune t o Biocont rol Mar-71
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
5
DUAL PURPOSE PLUS
Fuel Combust i on Cat al yst
Product Descri pt i on
Dual Purpose Plus is a concent rat ed combust ion improver
for heavy fuel oils. It also has fuel condit ioning propert ies.
Product Propert i es
The cat alyst s in Dual Purpose Plus react w it h heavy fuel
part icles during combust ion. The fuel ignit ion t emperat ure
is reduced, result ing in increased combust ion efficiency
w it h less carbon left t o form smoke and soot . Engine and
exhaust syst em are kept cleaner w it h longer service life
and less maint enance.
Ant i-polymerisat ion agent s inhibit sludge format ion, w hile
dispersant s st abilise t he fuel. This result s in a cleaner fuel
syst em and bet t er fuel flow, giving improved fuel
at omisat ion and great er combust ion efficiency.
Sulphuric acid corrosion caused by condensing exhaust
gases may be seen in any of t he cooler part s of t he boiler
or engine syst em. Typical problem areas are cylinder
liners (clover-leaf corrosion), valve st ems and funnel
upt akes. Dual Purpose Plus cat alyt ically inhibit s t he
format ion of acid gases. This reduces t he amount of acid
present , t hereby reducing acid corrosion.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Dual Purpose Plus is complet ely oil- soluble and should be
added via a met ering pump int o t he suct ion side of t he
boost er pump. Alt ernat ively, it can be added int o t he
set t ling t ank. If so, t he dose rat e should be increased by
10%. As a general guide, t he average dosage should be
1:4000. Alt erat ions can t hen be made according t o
operat ing experience and result s obt ained.
Where fuel analysis for Micro Carbon Residue, (MCR) is
available, dose according t o t he t able below :
MCR% 10 12 14 16 18
DOSE RATE 1:4000 1:3000 1:2500 1:2000 1:1000
Dual Purpose Plus can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treat ment
Dosing Unit , product No 664 619353.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Dark brow n liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.9
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
650 571166 25 St eel
650 571182 210 St eel
Feat ures,Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Improves combust ion

Reduces carbon/ ash deposit s

Limit s soot format ion and smoke emissions

Overall improvement in fuel combust ion and economy

Minimises cold-end corrosion of exhaust t runking,


upt akes, cylinder liners, valve st ems, et c.
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
6
BURNAID
Organi c Combust i on Improver
Product Descri pt i on
Burnaid is a concent rat ed organic combust ion improver. It
cont ains no met als and can be used in diesel engines and
boilers.
Product Propert i es
The organic compounds in Burnaid promot e improved
combust ion by react ing w it h fuel part icles, t hus low ering
ignit ion t emperat ures. The result is less carbon deposit s,
soot and smoke. Engine and boiler combust ion surfaces
are kept cleaner.
Sludge format ion is inhibit ed t hrough t he act ion of
ant i-polymerizat ion agent s. Fuel st abilit y is improved
t hrough t he act ion of solvent s and dispersant s. The
result s are improved combust ion efficiency and fuel
at omizat ion.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Burnaid is complet ely oil soluble. The init ial dosage rat e is
one lit re t o five t ons of fuel. Act ual dosage rat es w ill be
dependent on fuel qualit y and operat ing experience.
Burnaid should be added via a met ering pump. If no
met ering pump is available, use t he suct ion manomet er
on t he t ransfer pump as t he dosage point . For diesel eng-
ines and boilers, Burnaid should be dosed during t ransfer
from st orage t o t he set t ling t ank.
Where fuel analysis for Micro Carbon Residue (MCR) is
available, or w here CCAI values are know n, dose
according t o t he follow ing t able:
MCR % 8 9 10 12
Dose Rat e 1:8000 1:7000 1:6000 1:5000
CCAI 835 840 845 850
Dose Rat e 1:8000 1:7000 1:6000 1:5000
Burnaid can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treat ment Dosing Unit ,
product No 664 619353.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear, pale yellow liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.9
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
650 767566 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Improves combust ion

Reduces carbon deposit s

Limit s soot format ion

Limit s smoke emissions

Reduces corrosion in t anks and fuel lines

Condit ions sludge in fuel

Improves fuel st abilit y

Cont ains no met als

Reduces t he demand for excess air in boilers

Improves boiler efficiency


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
7
DIESELITE
Combi nat i on Combust i on Cat al yst / Ash Modi f i er
Product Descri pt i on
Dieselit e is a mult i-funct ional fuel t reat ment cont aining
combust ion cat alyst s and ash modifiers. It is int ended for
use in diesel engines and boilers burning residual fuels.
Product Propert i es
Carbon residue format ion during combust ion is inhibit ed
by cat alyst s t hat low er t he ignit ion t emperat ure of heavy
asphalt enic part icles. The combust ion t ime is
consequent ly increased, leading t o a reduct ion of t ar
deposit s and carbonaceous firescale.
Ash modifiers combine w it h fuel combust ion ash t o raise
t he sint er and melt ing point s of t he ash above t he engine
or boiler normal operat ing t emperat ures. High
t emperat ure corrosion is minimised, reducing
maint enance and ext ending service life. The majorit y of
ash formed is eject ed w it h t he exhaust gases in a fine,
solid st at e, and any ash remaining in t he exhaust syst em
is easily removed by light brushing.
The conversion of fuel sulphur t o pot ent ially corrosive
sulphur t rioxide gas is also inhibit ed. Sulphur t rioxide
react s w it h condensed st eam in t he exhaust t runking,
funnel upt akes and ot her cooler zones t o form sulphuric
acid.
Dieselit e is a w ide spect rum addit ive int ended for
cont inuous use.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
For best result s, Dieselit e should be dosed aut omat ically
using a met ering pump t o dose int o t he fuel feed line as
near t o t he inject or or burner pump as possible. Where
Micro Carbon Residue (MCR) or vanadium/ sodium
analysis is available, use t he follow ing t able:
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Dark brow n liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.9
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
650 767112 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Reduces smoke, soot and carbon deposit s

Raises t he melt ing point of sodium vanadium fuel ash


t o reduce high t emperat ure corrosion and ash deposit s

Cold-end corrosion reduced by inhibit ing acid flue gas

Ext ends service life of engine component s


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
DOSE RATE: 1 It r Di esel i t e per: x t ons of f uel , see chart .
Vanadium
ppm 50 100 150 200 300 400
Tons of fuel
25 3 3.5 2.5 2 1 1
35 2 3.5 2.5 2 1 1
Sodium 50 2 3 2.5 2 1 1
ppm 65 1.5 2 2 2 1 1
75 1.5 2 1.5 2 1 1
85 1 2 1 2 1 1
100 1 2 1 2 1 1
MCR% 10 12 14 16 18
Dose 1:4000 1:3000 1:2500 1:2000 1:1000
Example: A fuel cont ains 65 ppm Sodium and 150 ppm
Vanadium. The dose rat e should
t herefore be: 1 It r Dieselit e per 2 t ons of fuel (1:2000)
If no analysis is available, use an init ial dose rat e of 1:4000
and adjust according t o t he result s obt ained.
Dieselit e can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treat ment Dosing
Unit , product No 664 619353.
Marine
Chemicals
8
VALVECARE
Fuel Oi l Ash Modi f i er
Product Descri pt i on
Valvecare is specifically int ended for t reat ment and
reduct ion of corrosive deposit s formed on exhaust valve
seat s and t urbocharger component s.
Valvecare physically modifies fuel ash, raising t he sint er
and melt ing point s of t he ash above t he normal engine
operat ing t emperat ures. Modified ash part icles are solid,
small and non-adhesive and are eject ed w it h t he exhaust
gas st ream. Valve seat ings remain int act as ash deposit s
on valve seat s are reduced. Gut t ering is minimised and
valve cone and seat lives are ext ended, allow ing for
great er t ime bet w een overhauls. Turbocharger and
exhaust syst em fouling is cont rolled as t he ash part icles
in t he gas st ream are less adhesive. Exhaust syst ems
remain cleaner and any ash t hat is formed is friable and
easily removed by convent ional met hods such as
brushing.
Anot her advant age found w it h Valvecare is acid
reduct ion. Vanadium in t he fuel has a cat alyt ic act ion,
increasing t he conversion from sulphur dioxide t o sulphur
t rioxide during combust ion. The sulphur t rioxide t hen
react s w it h st eam in t he exhaust syst em, increasing t he
dew point t o form sulphuric acid. Valvecare keeps t he
complex vanadium and sodium ash compounds in a solid,
non-molt en st at e, inhibit ing fused salt corrosion.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Valvecare should be dosed eit her direct ly int o t he service
t ank or by aut omat ic met ering int o t he suct ion side of t he
boost er pumps. Typical dose rat es vary bet w een 1:1000
and 1:5000 depending on t he nat ure and severit y of t he
problem. Use t he t able below for opt imum dosage.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale coloured liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.9
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
650 769091 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Raises t he melt ing point of sodium vanadium ash and


reduces high t emperat ure corrosion and gut t ering

Keeps exhaust valves and t urbochargers cleaner

Reduces t he amount of ash deposit s t hroughout t he


exhaust syst em

Ext ends service life of exhaust valves and ext ends t he


service int erval for w at er or granulat e w ashing of
t urbocharger blades

Valvecare has been specially formulat ed t o combat


exhaust valve burning and erosion problems associa-
t ed w it h sodium and vanadium cont aminat ion of poor
qualit y heavy residual fuels
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
DOSE: 1 It r. Val vecare per: x t ons of f uel , see chart .
Vanadium
ppm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500
Tons of fuel
5 4 5 3.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
35 2.5 5 3.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
Sodium 50 2.5 4 3 2.5 1.5 1 1
ppm 65 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
75 2 2.5 2 2.5 1.5 1 1
85 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
100 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
Example: A fuel cont ains 50 ppm Sodium and 150 ppm Vanadium.
The dose rat e should t herefore be: 1 It r Valvecare per 3 t ons of fuel (1:3000)
Valvecare can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treat ment Dosing Unit ,
product No. 664 619353.
Marine
Chemicals
9
SOOT REMOVER
Soot Deposi t Remover
Product Descri pt i on
Soot Remover is a dry pow der compound formulat ed for
safe removal of soot and deposit s from boilers and diesel
engine exhaust syst ems.
Product Propert i es
If deposit s are allow ed t o form on heat exchangers, t he
loss of efficiency can be direct ly relat ed t o ext ra fuel
consumpt ion. A 1 mm deposit is approximat ely
equivalent t o a 10% efficiency loss, a 3 mm deposit can
reduce efficiency by up t o 50%. The normal ignit ion
t emperat ure of soot is around 600C. This means t hat it is
burned only in t he hot t est part s of t he boiler or diesel
exhaust syst ems. Due t o t he cat alyt ic act ion of Soot
Remover, t he ignit ion t emperat ure of t he soot / deposit is
reduced t o less t han 280C. The carbon deposit s are t hus
ignit ed, leaving an easily removed ash.
The use of Soot Remover not only provides great er fuel
efficiency, but also prevent s acid format ion in areas
w here severe corrosion could result in expensive
damage, i.e. heat exchangers, superheat ers,
economisers, exhaust pat hs/ st acks.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Soot Remover should be int roduced t o t he boiler t hrough
a suit able port , preferably w it h a blow er, ensuring t hat t he
pow der is spread t hrough t he flame pat h t ow ards t he
back of t he combust ion chamber.
For Diesel engines, inject Soot Remover direct ly int o t he
exhaust syst em upst ream of t he area t o be t reat ed.
Soot Remover is preferably dosed using Unit or's
FIXED INJECTOR, product No. 664 572073 and/ or
Port able Inject or, product No. 664 572065.
Boi l er
St eam Raised Fuel use Dose Rat e
t ons/ hour t ons/ day kg/ day
3 5.5 1.0
6 11 2.0
9 16 3.0
12 21 3.5
15 27 4.0
23 41 4.5
31 55 5.0
46 82 5.5
62 110 6.5
Di esel Engi nes
Fuel Consumpt ion Dose Rat e
t ons/ day kg/ day
10 1.5
20 3.0
30 3.5
40 4.0
50 4.5
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Blue green pow der
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.2-1.4
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Not applicable
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: If moist , may at t ack mild
st eel, iron and aluminium
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. (in kg) Cont ainer
650 571240 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Reduces soot and slag deposit s

Reduces cold-end corrosion

Improves heat t ransfer

Increases boiler efficiency

Assist s soot blow ing


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
10
SOOT REMOVER LIQUID
Soot Prevent i on
Product Descri pt i on
Soot Remover Liquid is formulat ed for effect ive
prevent ion of soot and firescale deposit s from boilers and
diesel engine exhaust syst ems.
Product Propert i es
If firescale is allow ed t o form on heat exchangers, t he
loss of efficiency can be direct ly relat ed t o ext ra fuel
consumpt ion. A 1 mm deposit is approximat ely equiva-
lent t o a 10% efficiency loss, a 3 mm deposit can reduce
efficiency by up t o 50%. The normal ignit ion
t emperat ure of soot is around 600C. This means t hat it is
burned only in t he hot t est part s of t he boiler or diesel
exhaust syst ems. Due t o t he cat alyt ic act ion of Soot
Remover Liquid, t he ignit ion t emperat ure of t he
soot / firescale is reduced t o less t han 250C. The carbon
deposit s are t hus ignit ed, leaving an easily removable
ash. The use of Soot Remover Liquid not only provides
great er fuel efficiency, but also prevent s acid format ion in
areas w here severe corrosion could result in expensive
damage, i.e. heat exchangers, superheat ers,
economisers, exhaust pat hs/ st acks.
Di rect i ons of Use and Dosage Rat es
Soot Remover Liquid should be int roduced t o t he
boiler t hrough a suit able port , preferably w it h an inject or,
ensuring t hat t he liquid is spread t hrough t he flame pat h
t ow ard t he back of t he combust ion chamber. For Diesel
engines, inject Soot Remover Liquid direct ly int o t he
exhaust syst em upst ream of t he area t o be t reat ed.
Soot Remover Liquid should be inject ed w it h t he
follow ing dosing equipment :
Manual Dosing Unit : Product no. 664 625194
Aut omat ic Dosing Unit : Product no. 664 711358
Boiler
St eam Raised Fuel use Dose Rat e
t ons/ hour t ons/ day kg/ day
3 5.5 1.0
6 11 2.0
9 16 3.0
12 21 3.5
15 27 4.0
23 41 4.5
31 55 5.0
46 82 5.5
62 110 6.5
Di esel Engi nes
Fuel Consumpt ion Dose Rat e
t ons/ day kg/ day
10 1.5
20 3.0
30 3.5
40 4.0
50 4.5
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear blue liquid
pH: 3
Solubilit y in w at er: 100 %
DENSITY, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.12
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Not applicable
COMPATIBILITY:
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
650 624627 25 Plast ic drum/ keg
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

For t he prevent ion of soot and firescale deposit s in


diesel engine and boiler exhaust syst ems

For reduct ion of cold-end corrosion w here surface


t emperat ures are low er t han t he dew point of t he
exhaust gases

Reduce soot and slag deposit

Reduces cold-end corrosion

Improves heat t ransfer

Increases boiler efficiency

Aids soot blow ing


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Cleaning,
Maintenance
and Biochemicals
Marine
Chemicals
11
CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE
Probl em and sol ut i on summary
Probl em
CARGO TANK/HOLD
Cargo t ank cleaning aft er mineral oils
Cargo t ank cleaning aft er drying, semi-
drying and non-drying nat ural oils and
fat s
Cargo t ank cleaning aft er pet rochemi-
cals and light hydrocarbons
Cargo t ank cleaning aft er general che-
mical cargoes
Fuel and lube oil t ank cleaning
Hydrocarbon gas-freeing
Cargo hold cleaning
Cleaning chemicals run off from
vert ical surfaces
Cargo t ank/ hold sanit ising and deodori-
zing
Oil spills on sea, in harbors, beaches
and rocky shores
Removal of small oil spills on board
Cleaning and upgrading of coat ings
Light cement st ains
Solidified cement
Rust removal/ met al surface bright ener
Whit e residue from epoxy-coat ing
(aft er carriage of fat t y acids et c.)
Cleaning of reefer cont ainers and
reefer cargo holds
Removal of sediment s, silt s and mud
from ballast t anks
Sol ut i on
Solvent emulsion
Saponifying and det ergent s
Det ergent s
Refer t o Tank Cleaning Manual
Tank cleaners for Rock&Roll cleaning
met hod
Follow ing normal or specific cleaning,
w ash w it h w at er based cleaner solut ion
Wat er based cleaner
Combine alkaline cleaners w it h a foam
addit ive
Wash w it h w at er based cleaner solut i-
on
Low t oxic, biodegradable oil spill dis-
persant s
Sorbent s + cleaning
Special purpose organic liquid
Liquid det ergent cont aining st rong in-
organic acid
Clean w it h a solut ion of inorganic
inhibit ed acid
Clean w it h a solut ion of inorganic
inhibit ed acid
Clean w it h a solut ion of inorganic
inhibit ed acid
Wat er based cleaner and desinfect ant
Special purpose polymer
Product (s)
Seacl ean Pl us
Al kl een Li qui d
Al kl een S. Li qui d
Al kl een S. Li qui d
Aquabreak PX Uni pol
Product choi ce depends on t ype of
cargo, pl ease consul t UNITOR
Tank Cl eani ng Manual
Seacl ean Pl us
Al kl een Li qui d
Al kl een S. Li qui d
Tankl een Advance
Aquat uf f / Aquat uf f Hi gh Foam
Aquabreak PX
Foam-agent
Al kl een Li qui d
Al kl een S. Li qui d
Tankl een Advance
Seacare OSD
Seacare Ecosperse 52
Uni t or Sorbent s
Seacare OSD
Aquabreak PX
Zi nc Coat Condi t i oner
Met al Bri t e
Met al Bri t e HD
Descal i ng l i qui d
Met al Bri t e
Met al Bri t e HD
Tankl een Bri ght
Tankl een Bri ght
Reef er Cl eaner
Mud & Si l t Remover
Marine
Chemicals
12
ENGINE ROOM
Cleaning of bilges, machinery spaces,
bulkheads, t ank t ops and any oil/ grease
soiled areas
Cleaning fuel/ lube oil filt ers
Cleaning machinery part s
Degreasing marine diesel engine coo-
ling w at er syst ems
Removal of grease and carbon based
deposit s from t urbocharges and from
t he air side of air coolers or heat ex-
changers
Cleaning t he oil side of t he lube and
fuel oil heat exchangers
Removal of w at er scale from heat ex-
changers and boilers
Cleaning of separat or disc st acks
General removal of carbonaceous oil,
varnish and grease residue
Removal and passivat ion of rust and
oxidat ion from ferrous and non-ferrous
met als
Cleaning of new boilers and cooling
syst ems
Cleaning elect rical apparat us
Effluent t reat ment
DECK
Bright ening up w ooden decks
Rust st ains from paint ed, ceramic and
w ooden surfaces
Oxide st ains on brass, aluminium and
st ainless st eel
Light rust removal
Self- split t ing solvent based cleaner
Ult rasonic bat h
Ult rasonic bat h
Solut ion of solvent emulsion cleaners
Special purpose cleaner
Solvent emulsion cleaners of fuel oil
t reat ment compound
Inhibit ed acid cleaners
Clean w it h a solut ion of inorganic inhi-
bit ed acid
Special purpose solvent s
Use of a solut ion of inorganic inhibit ed
acid
Special purpose w at er based cleaner
Ult rasonic bat h
De-emulsificat ion + flocculat ion
Special pow der based product
Clean w it h a solut ion of inorganic
inhibit ed acid
Clean w it h a solut ion of inorganic
inhibit ed acid
Clean w it h a solut ion of inorganic
inhibit ed acid
Cl eanbreak
Aquabreak PX
Uni t or USC
Envi rocl ean
Aquabreak PX
Uni t or USC
Envi rocl ean
Seacl ean Pl us
Ai r Cool er Cl eaner
ACC Pl us
Carbon Remover
Carboncl ean LT
Seacl ean Pl us
Fuel Care
Descal i ng Li qui d
Descal ex
Di scl ean
Ai r Cool er Cl eaner
ACC Pl us
Carbon Remover
Carboncl ean LT
Met al Bri t e
Met al Bri t e HD
Commi ssi oni ng Cl eaner
El ect rosol v-E
Bi l ge Wat er Fl occul ant
Teak Renew er
Met al Bri t e
Met al Bri t e HD
Met al Bri t e
Met al Bri t e HD
Met al Bri t e
Met al Bri t e HD
Marine
Chemicals
13
Heavily rust removal
Paint w ork cleaning
ACCOMODATION
General shipboard cleaning
General accommodat ion cleaner
Carpet s cleaning (spot + deodorizing)
Carpet cleaning
Cleaning bat hrooms
Descaling of t oilet bowls, drain and pipes
Cleaning t oilet s
GALLEY
Removal of odor from garbage and
w ast e collect ion areas
Floor cleaning - fat eliminat ion/ reduced
slippage and increased safet y in galley
area
Cleaning of reefer rooms
General cleaning
MISCELLANEOUS
Sew age t reat ment
Foaming in sew age and w ast e syst ems
Low biological act ivit y in sew age t reat -
ment plant s and syst ems
Grease accumulat ion in drain lines,
grease t raps and floor drains
Loosen corroded part s as nut s, bolt s et c.
* ) Also available as Bag in a box (Cruise)
Liquid det ergent cont aining st rong
inorganic acid
Wash w it h w at er based cleaner
solut ion
General purpose w at er based cleaners
General purpose w at er based cleaners
Odor eliminat or + cleaning t hrough
microbial act ivit y
Special w at er based cleaner
Special purpose bact erial formulat ion
Special acid and bact eria based product
Special purpose bact erial formulat ion
Odor eliminat or + cleaning t hrough
microbial act ivit y
Special purpose bact erial formulat ion
Wat er based cleaner and desinfect ant
General purpose w at er based cleaners
Flocculat ion + dew at ering
Non- silicone defoamer
Special purpose bact erial formulat ion
Special purpose bact erial formulat ion
High speed penet rat ing oil
Descal i ng Li qui d
H.P. Wash
Aquabreak PX
Fore&Af t
Met al Bri t e
H.P. Wash
Aquabreak PX
Fore&Af t
Uni w ash
Aquabreak PX
Fore&Af t
Uni w ash
Gamazyme BOE*
Carpet Cl eaner
Gamazyme MSC
Gamazyme Toi l et Descal er
Gamazyme BTC
Gamazyme BOE*
Gamazyme FC
Reef er Cl eaner*
Fore&Af t
Uni w ash
Gamazyme MSC
Bi l ge Wat er Fl occul ant
Def oamer Concent rat e*
Gamazyme 700 FN
Gamazyme Di gest or*
Penet ron Pl us
Marine
Chemicals
14
COLDWASH HD
Heavy dut y degreaser
Product Descri pt i on
Coldw ash HD is a heavy dut y degreaser based on
pet roleum solvent s, emulsifying agent s and surfact ant s.
Appl i cat i ons
This product is excellent for use on soiled surfaces, bilges
and machinery part s.
Di rect i ons f or use and dose rat es
This degreaser can be applied neat w it h a brush, by hand
spray, immersion, soaking et c. The cont act - or soaking
t ime should be bet w een 15 minut es t o 2 hours before
w ashing off w it h hot or cold w at er. Hot w at er w ill
improve t he result of t he cleaning.
Spot cl eani ng
Coldw ash HD can be sprayed neat ont o surfaces t o be
cleaned. The cont act t ime should be at least 30 minut es
or up t o 2 hours if t ime allow s. Bulkheads/ w alls can be
w ashed dow n by use of high pressure cleaning machines.
The best result is achieved w it h hot w at er bet w een
60-80C.
Spray met hod
Spray Coldw ash HD neat ont o soiled surfaces. The
cont act t ime should be bet w een 15-30 minut es, and t hen
w ash off w it h w at er. To clean st ubborn deposit s,
mechanical agit at ion such as scrubbing w ill improve t he
cleaning.
Soak met hod
Immerse t he part s t o be cleaned int o a bat h of neat
Coldw ash HD for 30 minut es, and t hen w ash off w it h
w at er.
Ci rcul at i on met hod
Cleaning of equipment such as lube oil heat exchangers,
fuel oil preheat ers and filt ers can be accomplished by
circulat ing undilut ed Coldw ash HD.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear brow n liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.90
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
pH, conc. at 20 C: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Syt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571430 25 St eel
651 571455 210 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons:

Split s aft er cleaning, releasing t he oil phase for


reclamat ion

Pow erful degreaser w it h quick penet rat ion and good


emulsifying propert ies

The emulsifying agent s in t his product are biological


degradable

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Effect ive on mineral oils and pet roleum based


residues

Safe t o use on most met al surfaces and paint ed


surfaces

Removes oil cont aminat ion from machinery, engine


part s and bilges

Soak cleaning of machinery part s

Rapid rinsing, leaves clean and oil-free surfaces


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
15
SEACLEAN
Oi l and grease remover
Product Descri pt i on
Seaclean is a highly concent rat ed cleaner based on pet roleum
solvent s, emulsifying agent s and surfact ant s.
Appl i cat i ons
Seaclean is formulat ed for cleaning double bot t om, deep and
w ing t anks et c. used for fuel oils.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Cleaning of the oil side of the Lube Oil Heat Exchangers.
Cleaning is best achieved by t he recirculat ion met hod using a
heat ed 20% solut ion of Seaclean.
The Chemical Cleaning Unit - Product no 613807 - is recom-
mended t o be used.
1. Disconnect t he heat exchanger s oil inlet and out let , drain
off any remaining oil.
2. Connect t he discharge side of t he Chemical Cleaning Unit
(CCU) t o t he low er heat exchanger connect ion and fit t he
ret urn t o t he CCU.
3. Add t he required solut ion t o t he drum and use t he
inst alled heat er or live st eam. Raise t he t emperat ure of
t he cleaning solut ion bet w een 65-75C. Maint ain t he
t emperat ure t hroughout t he cleaning operat ion. Cleaning
w it hout heat ing w ill ext end t he cleaning operat ion.
4. Circulat e t he solut ion for 12-15 hours. When t he
cleaning is complet ed, drain t he cleaning solut ion.
5. Connect a fresh w at er supply t o t he upper heat
exchanger connect ion, and rinse unt il t he w at er runs
clean from t he low er connect ion. Flush t horoughly w it h
fresh w at er.
6. When rinsing is complet ed, disconnect t he w at er supply
and t horoughly drain and dry t he heat exchanger.
For heavy carboni sed deposi t s, see Product Dat a
Sheet f or Carbon Remover.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light brow n liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.9
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
pH, conc. at 20C: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Syt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
652 571406 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Highly concent rat ed cleaner w it h quick penet rat ion and


emulsifying propert ies.

The emulsifying agent s in t his product are biological


degradable.

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds.

Can be used for general removal of oil and grease from


soiled surfaces.

Economical - very low dosage rat es.


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng t hi s
product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
16
SEACLEAN PLUS
Tank Cl eaner and Degreaser
Product Descri pt i on
Seaclean Plus is a modern low -t oxic, biodegradable sol-
vent based product . It meet s IMOs requirement s regar-
ding safet y and pollut ion hazards of chemicals.
Appl i cat i ons
This product is excellent as a t ank cleaner and degreaser.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Direct injection method - for tank cleaning machines
The dose rat e should be bet w een 0.1-0.2% i.e. 1-2
lit res per t on w ash w at er.
Reci rcul at i on met hod - f or t ank cl eani ng machi nes
It is advised t o use a solut ion of 0.1-0.2% i.e. 1-2
lit res per t on w ash w at er mixed in t he t ank t o be cleaned.
The w ashing solut ion is usually 5-10% of t he t ank
capacit y.
Dose rat es and result s w ill vary depending on
cont aminat ion, t he t emperat ure of t he cleaning solut ion,
and number of t anks t o be cleaned w it h t he solut ion. Best
result s are obt ained w hen w at er is heat ed t o a
t emperat ure bet w een 65-80C.
Spot cl eani ng
Seaclean Plus can be sprayed neat ont o t ank surfaces t o
be cleaned. The cont act t ime should be at least 30
minut es. Bulkheads/ w alls can be w ashed dow n by use of
t ank w ashing machines or high pressure cleaning
machines. The best result is achieved w it h hot w at er
bet w een 60-80C. Slops should be const ant ly st ripped
from t he t ank and t ransferred t o a holding t ank or pumped
ashore t o slop t anks.
Rock and Rol l met hod
1. Cleaning of double bot t om t anks during voyages.
2. Heat t he remaining fuel in t he t ank, t rimming t he
vessel as required t o assist in st ripping t ank.
3. Flush t ank w it h sea w at er, st ripping const ant ly.
4. Aft er flushing, ensure all suct ion and discharge valves
in t he engine room are closed.
5. Dose t ank w it h Seaclean Plus t hrough t he sounding
pipe or manhole bet w een 0.5 - 1 lit re per t on of
w at er, for 75-80% of capacit y of t ank t o be cleaned.
6. Fill t ank t o 25% capacit y w it h sea w at er, raise t he
t emperat ure up t o 60C and maint ain t his for 24
hours.
7. Top up t ank t o 75-80% capacit y w it h sea w at er and
cont inue t o heat for 48-72 hours.
8. Discharge and st rip t ank. Fill t o 50-60% capacit y w it h
sea w at er and allow 2 hours rinsing t ime.
9. Discharge t ank and st rip, flushing t ank w it h sea w at er
for 2 hours, st ripping cont inuously. When complet ed,
inspect t ank t o ascert ain if second cleaning is
required. If so:
10. Add second dose of Seaclean Plus, fill t ank t o 75-80%
capacit y w it h sea w at er and raise t he t emperat ure t o
60C maximum. Maint ain t his for 48-72 hours. In
calm seas recirculat e t he solut ion in t ank as long as
possible.
11. Discharge and st rip t ank, flush w it h sea w at er,
st ripping cont inuously for 2 hours.
12. To gas-free, fill t ank w it h sea w at er t o overflow
t hrough vent s and sounding pipes, discharge and
st rip complet ely.
ROCK AND ROLL CLEANING DOSAGE CHART
Fuel Oil Viscosit y Cent ist okes at 50C SEACLEAN PLUS per t on of w at er
1st St age 2nd St age
Over 320 1 lit re 1 lit re
180 t o 320 1 lit re 0.75 lit re
30 t o 180 0.75 lit re -
Up t o 30 0.5 lit re -
For full cleaning inst ruct ions for various t ypes of cargo,
please consult t he Tank Cleaning Manual.
Degreasi ng Mari ne Di esel Engi ne Cool i ng Wat er
Syst ems
(This met hod can only be used when engine is out of service)
1. Drain t he cooling syst em and flush w it h w at er.
2. Refill engine w it h w at er adding 20 lit res Seaclean
Plus per 1000 lit res cooling w at er.
3. Circulat e t he solut ion t hrough t he syst em and heat
unt il a t emperat ure of about 60C.
4. Cont inue circulat ion of t he solut ion t hrough t he
syst em for a minimum of 5 hours.
5. Drain engine and check t he cleaning result . Repeat
cleaning procedure if necessary.
6. When cleaning is complet ed, drain t he syst em, and
t horoughly flush w it h clean w at er. Refill w hile adding
an ant icorrosion t reat ment such as Dieselguard NB or
Rocor NB Liquid.
Seaclean Plus can also be used for local cleaning and
degreasing in engine rooms and on deck. It can be applied
by brush, hand spray, immersion soaking or any ot her
convent ional means. Apply undilut ed ont o soiled surfaces
and allow a cont act t ime of 15-30 minut es before
rinsing off w it h w at er.
Soak met hod
Immerse heavily soiled part s int o bat h of undilut ed
Seaclean Plus, medium t o light soiled part s may be
cleaned in a 10-30% solut ion in w at er. Part s should be
soaked for at least 30 minut es before w ashing off w it h
w at er.
See also next page
Marine
Chemicals
17
Spray met hod
Spray Seaclean Plus undilut ed ont o soiled areas. Allow
bet w een 15-30 minut es of penet rat ion t ime before
rinsing off w it h w at er.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear pale yellow liquid.
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.8
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
pH, conc. at 20 C: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Syt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
652 654715 25 St eel
652 654723 210 St eel
Seaclean Plus has been evaluated by the BLGWorking
Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards of
Chemicals (ESPH) and found to meet the requirements of
paragraph 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II and is consoli-
dated into annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular.
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Highly concent rat ed t ank cleaner w it h quick penet rat i-


on and pow erful emulsifying propert ies

The emulsifying agent s in t his product are biological


degradable

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Versat ile, can be used for a w ide range of applicat ions.

Easy t o use by any convent ional means

Can be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of double


bot t om, deep, and fuel oil t anks at sea

Can also be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of


crude and refined mineral oil cargo t anks

Can be used for degreasing and cleaning of bilge


spaces and engine rooms

Easy rinse off, leaving clean and oil-free surfaces

Safe t o use on most met al surfaces, paint ed surfaces


and t ank coat ings

Economical, very low dosage rat es

IMO approved and list ed in Annex 10 of t he MEPC.2/


Circular
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
18
CLEANBREAK
Sel f -Spl i t t i ng Cl eaner For Engi ne Room and Bi l ges
Product Descri pt i on
Cleanbreak is a degreaser cont aining self- split t ing
emulsifiers.It allow s t he slop w at er t o break int o separat e
oil and w at er phases. Solvent based.
Appl i cat i ons:
The main applicat ions are for cleaning in t he engine room
for machinery spaces, bulkheads, t ank t ops and on deck.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Cleanbreak is recommended for local cleaning and
degreasing of engine rooms, bilges and t ank t ops. It can
be applied by brush, spray, immersion, soaking, or any
ot her convent ional means. Cleanbreak is used neat . Allow
a residence t ime of at least 30-60 minut es w here
possible, t o ensure good penet rat ion.
Wash dow n all surfaces using hot w at er if possible and
high pressure w at er jet .
The emulsion residue aft er cleaning must be allow ed t o
separat e in a holding t ank over sufficient t ime before
passing t hrough an oily w at er separat or.
To achieve t he best result s from t he split t ing act ion of
Cleanbreak. It is import ant t hat no ot her t ype of
solvent / emulsifying cleaner is used in t he engine room.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear brow n liquid
DENSITY, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.8
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
pH, conc. at 20C: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Syt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571497 25 St eel
651 571505 210 St eel
651 765032 1 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Highly effect ive, economical solvent cleaner

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Rapid penet rat ion

Slop emulsions break int o t w o dist inct phases

Allow s oil residues t o be reclaimed

Reduces disposal cost s and associat ed problems

Low t oxicit y, non corrosive

Used for general cleaning of machinery spaces,


bulkheads, decks, t ank t ops and any oil/ grease soiled
areas

Should be used w here slops are required t o pass


t hrough oily w at er separat ors t o meet current IMO-
regulat ions

Approved by Blohm+ Voss AG for OWS t ype TCS/ HD

Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
19
ENVIROCLEAN
Wat er Based Cl eaner and Degreaser
Product Descri pt i on
A micro emulsion w at er based cleaner/ degreaser. This
product is low t oxic, biodegradable and safe t o use. It is
based on nat ural cit rus oil solvent linked w it h an
advanced surfact ant formulat ion.
Appl i cat i ons
The main applicat ions are for cleaning and degreasing in
t he engine room and for deck for removal of grease, oil,
sludge, polymer compounds, carbon deposit s, dirt and
grime.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
1. General cl eani ng
Enviroclean can be used for all t ypes of cleaning and
degreasing and can be applied by brush, hand spray or
used in ult rasonic cleaning t anks. Can be used neat or
dilut ed from 1 part up t o 15 part s of w at er according t o
t he amount of soil t o be removed.
Aft er use as an engine room cleaner, bilge slops must be
given sufficient t ime t o separat e before passing t hrough
an oily w at er separat or.
2. Spot cl eani ng
Enviroclean can be hand sprayed neat or dilut ed up t o 5
part s w at er and left for about 20-30 minut es before
w ashing off w it h w at er.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Orange liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: N/ A
pH, conc. at 20C: 7.5
COMPATIBILITY:
Syt het ic rubber: May soft en some rubber.
Met al: No know n effect .
Rubber: May soft en some rubber.
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
652 571380 25 St eel
652 571398 210 St eel
652 765040 0,5 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Wat er based degreaser.

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds.

Low -t oxic.

Non-flammable.

Promot es a pleasant and healt hy w orking


environment .

Split s aft er cleaning, releasing t he oil phase for


reclamat ion.

Enviroclean has numerous general marine cleaning


applicat ions including t he removal of greases, oil,
sludge, polymer compounds, carbon deposit s, dirt and
grime.

As an engine room cleaner it is except ional as not only


can it be used for degreasing, cleaning paint w ork and
carbon removal, but also for use in soak t anks,
ult rasonic t anks and high pressure cleaning
equipment .

Approved by Blohm+ Voss AG for OWS t ype TCS/ HD.

Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms.


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
20
SEACARE O.S.D.
Di spersi ng Oi l Spi l l s at Sea and i n Port
Product Descri pt i on
Seacare Oil Spill Dispersant is a biodegradable hydrocarbon based
product w it h high dispersing efficiency and low t oxicit y. It is
approved as a Type I dispersant according t o LR448 specificat ions
by t he Depart ment for Environment , Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA)
former t he U.K. Minist ry of Agricult ure, Fisheries and Food (MAFF).
Se definit ion below.
DEFRA / MAFF-approval Reference No. MFA/FEPA 201/2008.
SOAEFD-approval Ref erence No. FEP/DISP/2008/01.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Oil Spills at Sea Seacare O.S.D. is used undilut ed by direct spraying
t o clean up oil spills at sea. It can be applied by hand spray, w ork
boat s w it h mount ed spray booms, or fire hoses w it h inject ors.
Allow some t ime for t he oil t o absorb t he Seacare O.S.D. and t hen
disperse mixt ure by vigorous agit at ion using fire hoses, ship's
propeller, breaker boards t ow ed behind w ork boat s, et c.
Seacare O.S.D. should not be used in an area of sea of a dept h less
t han 20 met res or w it hin one mile of such area exept in
accordance w it h t he advice of t he local Dist rict Inspect or of
Fisheries of Minist ry or Scot t ish Office Agricult ure, Environment al
and Fisheries Depart ment (SOAEFD).
Oi l on Beaches and Shore Li ne
Seacare O.S.D. should be applied neat by spraying over oiled
areas. Allow t ime for t he oil t o absorb t he Seacare O.S.D. t hen
follow by w ashing dow n t he beach or rocks, et c.
The t reat ment rat e depends on t he t ype and t hickness of t he oil
spill, also on t he age and condit ion. Under condit ions w here it is a
t hin slick of oil, 1 lit re of Seacare O.S.D. is enough t o t reat
approximat ely 10 square met res of oil. In many cases, several
applicat ions may be necessary.
Oi l Spi l l on Deck
Remove as much of t he oil as possible, t hen spray Seacare O.S.D.
over area covered by t he oil and allow some t ime for it t o be
absorbed. Disperse t he mixt ure w it h w at er by means of a fire
hose. Depending on t ype of oil it may be necessary t o use several
applicat ions.
Def i ni t i on
Quot e: Type I: Convent ional hydrocarbon-base - for use primarily
undilut ed on beaches, but may also be usedundilut ed from WSL
spray set s using breaker boards or ot her suit able means of
applicat ion and agit at ion.
Mi ni st ry of Agri cul t ure, Fi sheri es and Food
Approval of t he use of subst ances produced f or t he
purpose of t reat i ng oi l on t he surf ace of t he sea
Not es f or gui dance
1. Art icle 3 of t he Deposit s in t he Sea (Exempt ions) Order 1985
as read w it h paragraph 21 of t he Schedule t o it , provides t hat a
licence is not needed under Part II of t he Act t o deposit any
subst ance produced for t he purpose of t reat ing oil on t he
surface of t he sea provided you meet t he follow ing condit ions:

The subst ance is one, t he use of w hich, is for t he t ime being


approved by t he licensing aut horit y;

The subst ance is used in accordance w it h any condit ions t o


w hich t he approval w as subject ;

No deposit s made in an area of t he sea of a dept h of less t han


20 met res or w it hin one mile of any such area, save w it h t he
approval of t he licensing aut horit y;

Similarly a licence is not needed (if condit ions are sat isfied) for t he
loading of a vessel aircraft , hovercraft , marine st ruct ure or float ing
cont ainer in England and Wales, wit h product s for deposit for t he
t reat ment of oil on t he surface of t he sea, wit hin Brit ish Fishery
limit s (ot her t han wat ers adjacent t o Scot land).
2. The Minist ry of Agricult ure, Fisheries and Food has t est ed t his
product for t oxicit y and found it t o be sat isfact ory at t he
specified applicat ion rat e. It has also been t est ed for efficiency
and safet y in use by AEA Technology Pic. and similarly found t o
be sat isfact ory.
3. A person w ho deposit s in t he sea a subst ance not for t he t ime
being approved by t he licensing aut horit y for t he purpose of
t reat ing oil on t he surface of t he sea or not w it hin t he t erms of
t his approval, may be in breach of t he t erms of t he Food and
Environment Prot ect ion Act , 1985.
4. A person w ho int ends t o use any subst ance for t he purpose of
t reat ing oil on t he surface of t he sea should also consult t he
Nat ure Conservancy Council before beginning operat ions.
5. Copies of t he current Cont inent al Shelf Operat ions Not ice
(CSON 7) are obt ainable from t he Depart ment of Energy,
Pet roleum Engineering Division, Thames House Sout h,
Millbank, London SW1P 4QJ.
Furt her informat ion on t he use of oil spill dispersant s is
cont ained in t he Inst it ut e of Pet roleum (London) publicat ion
"Guidelines on t he Use of Oil Spill Dispersant s" 2nd Edit ion (1988).
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Amber liquid
DENSITY, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.8
FLASH POINT (PMCC) C: Above 61
pH, conc. at 20C: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect .
Rubber: Do not use w it h nat ural rubber compounds.
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell.
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
652 571562 25 St eel
652 571570 210 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Approved Type I dispersant according t o t he lat est LR448


specificat ions of AEA Technology Plc. covering bot h efficiency
and t oxicit y for use in dispersing oil on sea,beaches and rocks

Raised st andards for operat or safet y in handling and use, being


biodegradable and having low t oxicit y and a high flash point

Rapid efficient dispersal of a w ide range of oil residues.


Convert s hydrocarbons int o very fine emulsions

Ready t o use product

Disperses mineral oils, crude oils, residual fuel oils, diesel fuel
oil, kerosene, w hit e spirit and lubricant oils

For use on oil spills t hat may occur during loading or


discharging of cargo or bunkers w here allow ed

For cleaning of spills on deck, ships side, piers, w harfs, et c.


w here allow ed
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng t hi s
product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
21
UNITOR SEACARE ECOSPERSE 52
Product descri pt i on
Seacare Ecosperse 52 is a concent rat ed oil spill disper-
sant highly efficient for use on a w ide range of oils. It con-
vert s hydrocarbons int o fine emulsions t hat can be bio
-
degraded much more quickly in sea w at er. It can be appli-
ed by boat or aerial spraying.
When aut horized, t his product can be used as a concen-
t rat e or dilut ed for many t ypes of oil cleaning operat ions
at sea, on rocky shoreline and beaches.
Seacare Ecosperse 52 is non t oxic and biodegradable.
Seacare Ecosperse 52 official approvals and list ings:
DEFRA. The UK Depart ment for Environment , Food & Rural
Affairs. Reference No. MAFF/ FEPA 129/ 2001. Type II and
Type III dispersant
SOAEFD. Scot t ish Office Agricult ure, Environment and
Fisheries Depart ment . Reference No. FEP/ DISP/ 2001/ 7
EPA. U.S. Environment al Prot ect ion Agency
Di rect i ons f or use
Di spersi on
Oil Spills at Sea Application fromboat
Seacare Ecosperse 52 can be used neat or dilut ed w it h
sea w at er. It can be applied by spray from booms on w ork
boat s, hand sprayers or hoses using an inject or.
Used neat (Type III for UK & Scot land), 1 lit re of Seacare
Ecosperse 52 w ill disperse bet w een 20 and 30 m2 of oil
depending on t he t hickness and age of oil being t reat ed.
Used dilut ed (Type III for UK & Scot land), Seacare
Ecosperse 52 can be dilut ed w it h seaw at er at a rat io of 1
t o 10. Mix immediat ely before use. 1 lit re of mixt ure w ill
cover approximat ely 10 square met res of oil spill. The ra-
t io can vary depending on t he t ype and t hickness of oil
spill. At sea one part of mixt ure w ill disperse 2-3 part s of
oil.
To maximize t he efficiency of dispersion it is import ant
t hat a dispersant is used at an early st age of t he operat i-
on, before oil w eat hering t akes place.
Oil Spills at Sea Aerial Spraying
In t he UK, aircraft using t he appropriat e form of spraying
equipment w hich has been t est ed and found sat isfact ory
by AEA Technology Plc. may spray Seacare Ecosperse 52
over t he sea, t he product being used neat . Seacare
Ecosperse 52 has passed t est s in accordance w it h t he
specificat ion of t he UK Minist ry of Defence.
Cl eani ng
Oil on beach and rocky shore
Remove and reclaim as much oil as possible. Then using
suit able spraying equipment , spray Seacare Ecosperse 52
over t he oiled areas using one part of dispersant t o 7-20
part s of oil. Wash dow n t he beach or rocks w it h w at er.
The quant it y of product used depends on t he t ype and
t hickness of oil spilt , also on t he amount of w eat hering of
t he oil. In some cases several applicat ions may be neces-
sary.
Use i n t he UK (Depart ment f or Envi ronment ,
Food & Rural Af f ai rs) & Scot l and
Def i ni t i on
The follow ing classificat ion and definit ion of oil spill t reat -
ment product s is valid for t he UK and Scot land:
Type II : Water-dilutable Concentrate - for use at sea after
dilution 1:10 with sea water and sprayed fromWSL spray
sets using breaker boards or other suitable means of appli-
cation and agitation.
Type III: Concentrate - for use undiluted fromaircraft, ships
or on beaches, using appropriate spray gear.
Not es f or gui dance
It is t he responsabilit y of t he user t o comply w it h t he re-
st rict ions t hat can apply for each count ry regulat ion and
depending if t he product is used as a dispersant and/ or as
a cleaning agent .
Int ernat i onal gui des f or usi ng mari ne di spersant s

"Using dispersant t o t reat oil slicks at sea", AIRBORNE


AND SHIPBORNE TREATMENT- RESPONSE MANUAL
Franois Xavier Merlin, December 2005, CEDRE
(Cent re de Document at ion, de Recherche et d'Exp-
riment at ions sur les Pollut ions Accident elles des Eaux)

"Dispersant s and t heir role in oil spill response" 2nd


edit ion, 2001
IPIECA (Int ernat ional Pet roleum Indust ry Environmen-
t al Conservat ion Associat ion)

"Guidelines on Oil Spill Dispersant Applicat ion", IMO


(Int ernat ional Marit ime Organizat ion)
Ref. IA575E for english, IA577S for spanish, IA576F for
French version
"Manual on Oil Pollut ion - Sect ion IV", 2005 Ed, IMO
(Int ernat ional Marit ime Organizat ion)
Ref. I578E for english, IA569F for French, IA569S for
spanish

"The use of chemical dispersant s t o t reat oils", TECH-


NICAL INFORMATION PAPER N4, 2005
ITOPF (The Int ernat ional Tanker Ow ners Pollut ion
Federat ion Limit ed)
See also next page
Marine
Chemicals
22
Feat ures

Approved by st andards int ernat ionally recognized:


- approved by t he DEFRA (UK) as a Type II/ III disper-
sant according t o t he LR448 Specificat ions of AEA
Technology Plc. for dispersion efficiency and t he
"Fisheries research Technical Report N 102" covering
t he t oxicit y for use in dispersion of oil on sea, beaches
and rocks.
- regist ered by t he US EPA Nat ional Cont ingency Plan
(Federal Regist er, Subpart J - Use of Dispersant s and
Ot her Chemicals).

Used as dispersant :
- High dispersion efficiency product
- Accelerat e t he nat ural biodegradat ion of dispersed
hydrocarbons
- Avoid t he crude oil t o end-up on shore
- Simple, quick and efficient answ er
- Efficient dispersion of w ide range of oils in a broad
range of t emperat ures, salinit ies, and concent rat ions.
Only applicat ion in low salinit y w at er is not recommen-
ded.

Used as cleaning agent


- High efficiency for cleaning hydrocarbons (oils and ot -
her relat ed product s)
- For cleaning of hydrocarbons spills on deck, ships
side, piers, w harfs, et c., w here allow ed.
- Cleaning up aft er spills t hat may occur during loading
of bunkers w here allow ed.

Low st ocks required compared t o Type I product s.

High st andards in operat or safet y in handling and uses.


Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear, slight ly viscous
liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.01
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 8-9
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No Know n effect
Coat ings: No Know n effect
Rubber: No Know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
659 769653 25
659 769661 210
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
23
ALKLEEN SAFETY LIQUID
Non Caust i c Al kal i ne Cl eaner For Veget abl e And
Ani mal Oi l s
Product Descri pt i on
Non caust ic w at er based alkaline cleaner, cont aining
corrosion inhibit ors t o prevent t he corrosion of met als
such as zinc, aluminium, copper, brass and t in. Alkleen
Safet y Liquid minimises t he hazards in handling caust ic
based mat erials.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Cargo t ank cleaning follow ing discharge of drying,
semi-drying and non drying nat ural oils and fat s.
As soon as possible aft er t he cargo has been discharged,
t he t anks should be flushed w it h cold w at er t o prevent
polymerisat ion and evaporat ion of t he light er oil fract ions.
Whenever possible, t he cleaning solut ion should be
heat ed t o 60-80C. How ever, t he polymerising nat ure of
some nat ural oils may demand low er cleaning
t emperat ures.
The most economical met hod of using Alkleen Safet y
Liquid is by direct inject ion follow ed by recirculat ion
w ashing, using t ank cleaning machines. If t his met hod is
not possible, hand spraying provides accept able opt ions.
Refer t o dosage t able overleaf for dosage rat es.
Alkleen Safety Liquid has been evaluated by the BLG
Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution
Hazards of Chemicals (ESPH) and found to meet the re-
quirements of paragraph 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II
and is consolidated into annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Colourless liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc. at 20C: 13
pH, in 1% at 20C: 11.4
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: The concent rat ed product may
react wit h aluminium, zinc, t in
and t heir alloys.
Rubber: May sw ell.
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell.
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
652 571513 25 Plast ic
652 571521 210 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Non-caust ic

Non-flammable

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Non-corrosive t o ferrous met als

Suit able for all t ank-coat ings

Can be used for gas and hydrocarbon-freeing of t anks

Can be used for deodorizing

IMO approved and list ed in Annex 10 of t he MEPC.2/


Circular
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Dosage Tabl e
The t able below gives approximat e solut ion st rengt hs for various cargo residues.
* Approx. recirculat ion
Cargo Residue Handspray Recirculat ion Direct Inject ion consumpt ion, lit res per 1000 m
3
t ank space
Fat t y acids, fat t y
alcohols
Fish oils 100% 3-5% 2-4% 180-300
Drying & semi-drying 100% 3-5% 2-4% 180-300
veget able oils 50-100% 2-4% 1-3% 120-240
Non-drying 50-100% 2-4% 1-3% 120-240
veget able oils
* When using t he recirculat ion met hod, t he t ank t o be cleaned is filled w it h w at er t o a level t hat t he heat ing coils are covered. As an average, t his is
approximat ely 0.6% of t he volume of t he t ank. The figures ment ioned in t his column are t he quant it y of Alkleen Safet y Liquid required t o obt ain t he
recommended solut ion st rengt hs.
Marine
Chemicals
24
ALKLEEN LIQUID
Heavy Dut y Al kal i ne Tank Cl eaner
Product Descri pt i on
Alkleen Liquid is a heavy dut y w at er based alkaline t ank
cleaner, cont aining nat ural based det ergent s. For zinc
silicat e coat ings use Alkleen Safet y Liquid.
Appl i cat i ons
Alkleeen Liquid is a pow erful cleaner for cleaning of cargo
t anks aft er discharge of drying, semi-drying and
non-drying nat ural oils and fat s.
Alkleen Liquid can be used for t ank sanit ising and
deodorising prior t o changing t o foodst uffs. To achieve t he
high st andard of cleanliness required, a final w ash w ill be
necessary by using t his product .
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Immediat ely aft er t he cargo has been discharged, t he
t anks should be flushed w it h cold w at er t o prevent
polymerisat ion and evaporat ion of t he light er oil fract ions.
Whenever possible, t he cleaning solut ion of 0.2-3% in
fresh w at er should be heat ed t o 60-80C. How ever, t he
polymerising nat ure of some nat ural oils demand low er
cleaning t emperat ures.
The most economical met hod t o use Alkleen Liquid is by
direct inject ion follow ed by recirculat ion w ashing by using
t ank cleaning machines.
If t his met hod is not possible, use ot her met hods such as
recirculat ion or hand spraying.
When changing refrigerat ed cargoes t he need may arise
t o clean holds t o remove animal or veget able fat and t o
sanit ise and deodorise before t he next cargo. A solut ion
of 5-10% in fresh w at er can be used for t his purpose, and
may be sprayed on and rinsed off by using hot w at er and
high pressure.
Alkleen Liquid has been evaluated by the BLGWorking
Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards of
Chemicals (ESPH) and found to meet the requirements of
paragraph 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II and is consoli-
dated into annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.2
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 13
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Corrosive t o aluminium,
magnesium, zinc and t in.
Rubber: No know n effect .
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
652 571539 25 Plast ic
652 571547 210 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Reformulat ed w it h improved cleaning propert ies

Pow erful alkaline t ank cleaner cont aining det ergent s

The emulsifying agent s are biological degradable

Non flammable

Non corrosive t o ferrous met als and epoxy coat ings

Rapid penet rat ion and emulsificat ion of veget able,


animal and fish oils

Rapid rinsing

Removes hardened oxidised oil and grease deposit s

Used as heavy dut y cargo t ank cleaner follow ing


discharge of drying, semi-drying and non-drying nat u-
ral oils and fat s

Can also be used as final t reat ment for cleaning t ank


from black t o w hit e or grain

Can be used for hydrocarbon freeing of cargo t anks

IMO approved and list ed in Annex 10 of t he MEPC.2/


Circular
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
25
FORE & AFT
Mul t i Purpose Bi odegradabl e Cl eaner
Product Descri pt i on
Fore & Aft is a biodegradable cleaner cont aining
surfact ant s and alkaline mat erials.
Appl i cat i ons
Cleaning accommodat ion and galley areas.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Depending on t he applicat ion, Fore & Aft can be dilut ed wit h
wat er in concent rat ions from 1-50% or used undilut ed.
For cleaning of public areas, such as floors, t iles, w alls
paint w ork et c., it can be used in concent rat ions bet w een
1-10% and applied by mops, spray or sponge and
rinsed off w it h w at er aft er t he cleaning.
For object s such as furnit ures, plast ics, vinyls et c.,
a concent rat ion bet w een 1-5% is recommended. Rinse
off w it h w at er aft er t he cleaning.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Blue liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc. at 20C: 12
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: The concent rat ed product may
react wit h aluminium, zinc, t in and
t heir alloys.
Rubber: No know n effect .
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571554 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Biodegradable cleaner

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Non-caust ic

Non-flammable

Economical in use

Accept able for use in t he food st orage areas

Suit able for cleaning of sanit ary fixt ures i.e. show ers,
t oilet s et c.

Can be used on w indow s and port holes

Phosphat e free
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
26
H.P. WASH
Al kal i ne Cl eaner f or Hi gh Pressure Washi ng
Machi nes
Product Descri pt i on
H.P. Wash is an alkaline cleaner w it h det ergent s and
surfact ant s w hich quickly dissolve grease and dirt
deposit s.
H.P. Wash is designed for use w it h high pressure cleaning
machines such as Unit or High Pressure Cleaners.
Appl i cat i ons
H.P. Wash is suit able for most paint ed surfaces and dries
leaving a good shine.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
For high pressure cleaning, apply t he cleaning agent in an
even layer using low pressure. Allow solut ion t o
penet rat e soil for about 3-5 minut es before w ashing off
t horoughly w it h high pressure w at er.
The recommended dose rat es for t he applicat ion using
low pressure side of t he cleaning machine, is bet w een
0.5-5% depending on amount and t ype of soil.
H.P. Wash can be used by convent ional cleaning using
brush, rag or spray at a dose rat e of 5-20% in w at er
depending on t he soiling. Allow 5 minut es for penet rat ion,
t hen rinse off w it h w at er.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc at 20C: 12
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: In concent rat ed form, may react w it h
aluminium, zinc, t in and t heir alloys.
Rubber: May sw ell nat ural or synt het ic rubber.
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571729 25 Plast ic
651 765065 1 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Reformulat ed w it h improved cleaning propert ies

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Biodegradable cleaner

Non-flammable

Formulat ed for use w it h H.P. cleaning machines

Rapid dispersal of a large range of oils and greases

Low dose rat es 0.5 t o 5%

Leaves a good shine on hard surfaces aft er cleaning

H.P. Wash is suit able for hot or cold high pressure


spray equipment

Can be used for general cleaning in t he engine room,


out side paint w ork and on t he deck

Can be used on Ro/ Ro vessel car decks, for removal of


t raffic film

Can be used for cleaning of fish holds and process


machinery onboard fact ory vessels

Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms

Phosphat e free
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
27
UNI-WASH
General Purpose Det ergent
Product Descri pt i on
Uni-Wash is a liquid det ergent w it h good foaming
qualit ies. It cont ains w et t ing agent s t hat allow rapid
penet rat ion t o remove fat , oil, grease or grime. pH-neut ral.
Appl i cat i ons
Cleaning accommdat ion areas.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Depending on t he degree of cont aminat ion Uni-Wash
shall be mixed w it h w arm w at er at a dose rat e of 50-200
ml per 10 lit res, i.e. 1 cup t o a bucket of w at er.
Uni-Wash solut ion can be applied simply by mops,
brushes or rags, or dip t he soiled art icles int o t he
Uni-Wash solut ion. Aft er cleaning, rinse off w it h cold or
w arm w at er.
Due t o high foaming propert ies, Uni-Wash is not
recommended for laundry w ashing machines.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc at 20C: 8
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect .
Rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571745 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Biodegradable det ergent

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Non-flammable

Pleasant smell

Leaves surfaces residue free

Accept able for use in food areas

Suit able for accommodat ion cleaning of w oodw ork,


leat her, desks et c.

Suit able for cleaning of t oilet s and show ers

Can be used for cleaning of dishes

Can be used for cleaning of w indow s and port holes


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
28
AQUABREAK PX
Mul t i Purpose Wat er-Based Degreaser
Product Descri pt i on
Aquabreak PX is a mult ipurpose cleaning and degreasing
agent . It is low -t oxic, non-caust ic, free of hydrocarbon
solvent s and biodegradable. The surfact ant formulat ion
w it h complex binders has a good cleaning efficiency. Dirt
and oily mat t ers is effect ively removed w it hout t he use of
solvent s and caust ic based cleaners.
Di rect i on f or Use and Dose Rat es
General Cl eani ng
Aquabreak PX can be used for all t ypes of cleaning and
degreasing, and it can be applied by brush, hand spray or
used in ult rasonic bat h.
It can be used undilut ed or dilut ed up t o 50 part s w it h w a-
t er according t o t he amount and t ype of soil t o be removed.
Aquabreak PX can be applied on vert ical surfaces by
adding Unit or Foam-Agent (Product no. 651 614537) for
increased resident t ime.
Tank Cl eani ng
Cargo t ank cleaning aft er mineral, animal, veget able and
fish oil.
Met hod f or Appl i cat i on and Dose Rat es
1. Direct inject ion met hod w it h t ank w ashing machines:
Use a dose rat e of 0.5-5 lit res per t on w ash w at er
(0.05-0.5%).
2. Recirculat ion met hod: Use a dose rat e of 0.5-7 lit res
per t on w ash w at er (0.05-0.7%).
3. Spot cleaning: Hand sprayed neat or dilut ed up t o 1-5
part s w it h w at er. Leave solut ion for about 20-30
minut es before w ashing off, but make sure t he surface
remains w et .
4. For problem deposit s, please consult t he Unit or Tank
Cleaning Manual.
Aquabreak PX can be used on t he majorit y of t ank coat ing
mat erials, paint ed or lacquered surfaces, light met als,
plast ics and t ext iles.
Aquabreak PXhas been evaluated by the BLGWorking
Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards of
Chemicals (ESPH) and found to meet the requirements of
paragraph 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II and is consoli-
dated into annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 12
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect .
Rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 575613 25 Plast ic
651 575605 210 St eel
651 773532 1 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Wat er based cleaner

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Low t oxic and non-caust ic

Biodegradable

Non-flammable

Free from hydrocarbon solvent s

Safe on all mat erials

Very effect ive and economical in use

Aquabreak PX has numerous general cleaning


applicat ions including t he removal of grease, oil,
sludge, carbon deposit s and grime

Can be used as engine room cleaner

Suit able for cargo t ank cleaning

Good for use in galleys and on decks

Suit able for cleaning of soiled t ext iles as rugs, covers,


mat s, overalls et c.

Effect ively cleans fiberglass boat s

IMO approved and list ed in Annex 10 of t he MEPC.2/


Circular

Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms

Approved by NSF
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
29
AQUATUFF
General Purpose St rong Al kal i ne Cl eaner
Product Descri pt i on
Aquat uff is a heavy-dut y w at er based alkaline cleaner. It
has numerous cleaning applicat ions including removal of
greases, w axes, veget able and animal oils, sludge, soot ,
carbon deposit s, dirt and grime. Aquat uff is also used for
cargo hold cleaning aft er coal and pet coke.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
General Cl eani ng
Aquat uff can be used for different t ypes of cleaning, and it
can be applied by brush, hand spray, high and low
pressure w ashing machines et c. It can be applied on
vert ical surfaces by adding Unit or Foam-Agent (Product
no. 651 614537) for increased resident t ime.
Removal of soot f rom Inert Gas Syst ems (IGS)
1. Apply Aquat uff w it h a Unit or High Pressure Cleaning
Machine and use 1:4 w it h w at er. How ever, if used
w it h a hand sprayer, apply t he product neat on t he
surfaces, allow ing 1 lit re per 12 m
2
.
2. Leave for about 30-45 minutes. The surface remains wet.
3. Wash down with hot water (80C) and check the results.
4. Repeat t he procedure if necessary.
Cargo hol d cl eani ng
Aquat uff can be used for cargo hold cleaning aft er soot ,
coal, pet coke and ot her bulk mat erials.
Met hod of Appl i cat i on and Dose Rat es
1. Direct inject ion met hod w it h t ank w ashing machines:
Use a dose rat e of 1-20 lit res per t on w ash w at er
(0.1-2%).
2. Recirculat ion met hod: Use a dose rat e of 1-20 lit res
per t on w ash w at er (0.1-2%).
3. Spot cleaning: Hand spray neat or prepare a 20%
solut ion, and leave for 20-30 minut es before rinsing off
w it h w at er. The surface should be kept w et .
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Orange liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 13
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: The concent rat ed product may react
with aluminium, zinc, tin and their alloys.
Rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 607826 25 Plast ic
651 607827 210 St eel
651 765030 1 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Heavy dut y w at er based cleaner

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Biodegradable

Free from hydrocarbon solvent s

Removal of soot deposit s from inert gas syst ems

Aquat uff is most suit able for removal of w ax deposit s

It has numerous cleaning applicat ions including remo-


val of grease, veget able and animal oil, soot and gene-
ral dirt and grime

Ideal for cleaning aft er coal and pet coke

Effect ive and economical in use

Complet ely safe on epoxy coat ings

Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
30
FOAM-AGENT
Foam Addi t i ve
Product Descri pt i on
Foam-agent is a w at er based non-flammable product .
When using t his foam addit ive, t he cleaning efficiency of
t he cleaning chemicals w ill be enhanced. It w ill also be a
more economical use of t he cleaning chemicals.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Foam-Agent can be used t oget her w it h t he below
ment ioned w at er based cleaning chemicals. This makes it
possible t o apply t he chemicals as foam,and prevent t hat
t he cleaning chemicals run off from vert ical surfaces.
Aquat uff, Aquabreak PX, Alkleen Liquid, Alkleen Safet y
Liquid, Fore & Aft , H.P. Wash and Reefer Cleaner.
Add 50 ml Foam-Agent per 10 lit res w ashing solut ion,
mix and apply w it h foam-equipment ont o soiled surfaces.
Advice t o follow t he direct ions for use for t he act ual
cleaning product .
Aft er t he cleaning process.
Defoamer concent rat e Product no. 651 661843 can be
used t o remove undesirable foam.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.05 - 1.06
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 8 - 9
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect .
Rubber: No know n effect .
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 614537 5 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Biodegradable.

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds.

Non-flammable.

Suit able for use w it h our w at er based alkaline cleaning


chemicals.

Prevent s t hat t he chemicals run off from vert ical


surfaces, and increases t he resident t ime.
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
31
AQUATUFF HIGH FOAM
Hi gh Foami ng Al kal i ne Cl eaner
Product Descri pt i on
Aquat uff High Foam is a heavy dut y alkaline cleaner w it h
good foaming qualit ies specially formulat ed for cleaning
cargo holds on bulk carriers and OBOs. The dense foam
creat ed prevent s t he cleaning solut ion from running off
vert ical surfaces and t hereby enhances t he cleaning
efficiency. It is w at er based and is safe t o t he
environment , cont aining only biodegradable ingredient s.
It effect ively removes most dry cargoes t o w at er w hit e
st andard . Aquat uff High Foam is specially developed for
cargo hold cleaning, but may also be used for ot her
cleaning applicat ions w here Aquat uff normally is used but
w here high foam is beneficial.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Cargo Hold Cleaning Aquat uff High Foam is specially
developed t o clean vert ical surfaces. When applied w it h
t he proper spray foam equipment , t he dense foam
creat ed prolongs t he cont act t ime bet w een t he cleaning
solut ion and t he surface t o be cleaned. It effect ively
removes most dry cargoes, sludge, soot , carbon deposit s,
fish meal et c., and is used for cargo hold cleaning w hen
going from black t o w hit e cargo.
Aquat uff High Foam should not be used on zinc coat ings,
use t hen Aquabreak PX (Product no. 651 575613 and 651
575605).
Met hod of Appl i cat i on and Dose Rat es
1. Apply Aquat uff High Foam mixed 10 t o 25% (rat io 1:9
t o 1:3) in w at er, using spray foam equipment .
2. Leave for 30 45 minut es. The surface remains w et .
3. Wash dow n w it h a high pressure unit . For best result s,
direct t he high pressure jet at t he low est part s of t he
hold first and w ork upw ards.
4. Repeat t he procedure if necessary.
If Unit or Slip-Coat (Product no. 652 737015 and 652
737023) is applied t o t he cargo hold surfaces prior t o
loading, t he concent rat ion of Aquat uff High Foam in t he
cleaning solut ion may be reduced.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Orange liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 13
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: The concent rat ed product may react
with aluminium, zinc, tin and their alloys.
Rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
652 736991 25 Plast ic
652 737007 210 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Heavy Dut y alkaline w at er based cleaner.

Specially formulat ed for t he cleaning of cargo holds.

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds.

Biodegradable.

Free from hydrocarbon solvent s.

Ideal for cleaning aft er coal, pet coke and ot her difficult
cargoes.

Effect ive and economical in use.

Complet ely safe on epoxy coat ings.

Complies w it h all environment al regulat ions and t he


EU Det ergent Regulat ion.
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
32
SLIP-COAT
Temporary Cargo Barri er For Dry Cargoes
Product Descri pt i on
Slip-Coat is a w at er based liquid product specially
formulat ed t o leave a t hin, t emporary film on cargo hold
surfaces. The film provides a barrier bet w een t he cargo
and t he cargo hold surfaces making t he cleaning
operat ion aft er unloading quicker and easier, and opt imal
cleaning result is achieved. Slip-Coat is safe t o t he
environment and t o t he personnel handling it , and w ill not
cont aminant t he cargo. It is non-corrosive and safe on all
coat ings.
How i t w orks
Aft er drying, Slip-Coat creat es a t hin, non- st icky film on
t he cargo hold surfaces. The film subst ant ially facilit at e
t he cleaning before next cargo in t w o w ays:
1. The film fills t he minut e pores in t he surface, and
prevent s t hat small part icles are t rapped in t he pores.
2. Small, solid part icles can be very difficult t o remove
especially from organic coat ings, even w it h t he use of
effect ive cleaning agent s and high pressure w at er
jet s. The reason is t he build up of elect romagnet ic
forces, and some t imes t he only w ay t o remove t he
part icles is by scrubbing. Slip-Coat provides a barrier
bet w een t he part icles and t he surface t hat minimize
t his problem, and t he part icles may now be removed
w it h high pressure w at er only. The film is complet ely
w at er soluble and is easy t o remove even w it h cold
sea w at er. To avoid re-deposit ion of cont aminant s a
cleaning agent should be used, but at low er dosage
rat es t han w hat normally is required. Slip-Coat may
also be sprayed on deck, superst ruct ure and ot her
areas exposed t o dust during loading and unloading
operat ions.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
The cargo hold surfaces should be as clean and dry as
possible before t reat ment . Slip-Coat is supplied at ready-
t o use concent rat ion and may be applied direct ly from t he
drum. Spray t he liquid on t he cargo hold surfaces by t he
use of suit able low -pressure spraying equipment . As soon
as t he surface appears w at er w et , a proper film is
creat ed; do not apply more t han necessary. 1 lit re Slip-
Coat w ill cover 15-20 m
2
. Allow t he film t o dry complet ely
before loading t he cargo. Depending on air t emperat ure
and humidit y t his w ill t ake 1 t o 2 hours. Aft er reloading,
apply a 25% solut ion of a cleaning agent in w at er t o
avoid re-deposit ion of cont aminant s, and finally flush w it h
clean, high pressure w at er. Suit able cleaning agent s are:
Aquat uff (Product no. 651 607826 and 651 607827)
Aquat uff High Foam (Product no. 652 736991 and 652
737007)
Aquabreak PX (on zinc silicat e coat ings, Product no. 651
575613 and 651 607827).
Aft er flushing w it h w at er, let t he surfaces dry and t hen
repeat t he t reat ment w it h applying Slip-Coat before next
cargo.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear, slight ly viscous
liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.01
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 6
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect .
Coat ings: No know n effect .
Rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
659 737015 25 Plast ic
659 737023 210 St eel
659 765115 1 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Wat er soluble cargo hold barrier easily removable


w it h w at er

Saves cleaning t ime and cleaning chemicals

Ideal w hen cleaning aft er coal, pet coke and ot her


difficult cargoes.

Complet ely safe on all coat ings.

Prevent s even t he most difficult cargo t o adhere t o t he


coat ing

Easy t o apply easy t o remove

Provides t emporary prot ect ion against corrosion

Wat er based free from hydrocarbon solvent s.

Complies w it h all environment al regulat ions


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
33
SLIP-COAT WR
Wat er Resi st ant Cargo Hol d Barri er
Product Descri pt i on
Slip-Coat WR is a liquid, w at er based product specially
formulat ed t o leave a t emporary w at er resist ant film on
cargo hold surfaces. The film provides a barrier bet w een
t he cargo and t he cargo hold surfaces making t he
cleaning operat ion aft er unloading quicker and easier, and
opt imal cleaning result is achieved. The film is w at er
insoluble t hus making it suit able for t ypically humid
cargoes as sulphur. The cargo hold surfaces are also
prot ect ed from corrosion making lime w ash unnecessary.
Slip-Coat WR is safe t o t he environment and t o t he
personnel handling it , and w ill not cont aminant t he cargo.
It is non-corrosive and safe on all coat ings.
Di rect i ons f or use
Aft er drying, Slip-Coat WR creat es a t hin, non- st icky film
on t he cargo hold surfaces. The film subst ant ially facilit at e
t he cleaning before next cargo in t w o w ays:
1. The film fills t he minut e pores in t he surface, and
prevent s small part icles from being t rapped in t he pores.
2. Small, solid part icles can be very difficult t o remove
especially from organic coat ings, even w it h t he use of
effect ive cleaning agent s and high pressure w at er jet s.
The reason is t he build up of elect romagnet ic forces, and
some t imes t he only w ay t o remove t he part icles is by
scrubbing. Slip-Coat WR provides a barrier bet w een t he
part icles and t he surface t hat minimizes t his problem and
in addit ion gives t emporary prot ect ion t o st eel surfaces
against highly corrosive cargoes as humid sulphur. Aft er
cargo discharge, bot h t he film and cargo residues are
easily removed by t he use of an alkaline cleaner, a 10%
solut ion of Aquat uff or Aquat uff High Foam in fresh w at er
is ideal. Slip-Coat WR may also be sprayed on deck,
superst ruct ure and ot her areas exposed t o dust during
loading and unloading operat ions.
Slip-Coat WR should not be used in cargo holds carrying
foodst uff, st andard Slip-Coat is t hen recommended.
Dosi ng met hod
The cargo hold surfaces should be as clean and dry as
possible before t reat ment . Slip-Coat WR is supplied at
ready-t o use concent rat ion and may be applied direct ly
from t he drum.
Spray t he liquid on t he cargo hold surfaces by t he use of
suit able low -pressure spraying equipment . As soon as t he
surface appears w at er w et , a proper film is creat ed; do
not apply more t han necessary. 1 lit re Slip-Coat WR w ill
cover 15-20 m2. Allow t he film t o dry complet ely before
loading t he cargo. Depending on air t emperat ure and
humidit y t his w ill t ake 1 t o 2 hours.
Aft er off-loading, apply a 10% solut ion of an alkaline
cleaning agent in w at er, leave for 15 - 30 minut es and
finally flush w it h clean, high pressure w at er. The cleaning
solut ion dissolves t he barrier film, cleans t he surfaces
from cargo residues and prevent s re-deposit ion of
cont aminant s.
Suit able cleaning agent s are: Aquat uff (Product no. 651
607826 and 651 607827) Aquat uff High Foam (Product
no. 652 736991 and 652 737007) Aft er flushing w it h
w at er, let t he surfaces dry and t hen repeat t he t reat ment
w it h applying Slip-Coat WR before next cargo.
Feat ures

Wat er resist ant cargo hold barrier - easily removable


w it h an alkaline cleaner

Saves cleaning t ime and cleaning chemicals

Ideal w hen cleaning aft er humid and corrosive cargoes


as sulphur.

Complet ely safe on all coat ings.

Prevent s even t he most difficult cargo t o adhere t o t he


coat ing

Easy t o apply - easy t o remove

Provides t emporary prot ect ion against corrosion

Wat er based - free from hydrocarbon solvent s.

Complies w it h all environment al regulat ions


Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear, slight ly viscous
liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.01
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 8-9
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No Know n effect
Coat ings: No Know n effect
Rubber: No Know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
659 757395 25 Plast ic
659 757396 210 St eel
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
34
UNIPOL
Neut ral Tank Cl eani ng Det ergent
Product Descri pt i on
Unipol is a pH-neut ral, liquid concent rat ed det ergent w it h
good cleaning qualit ies. It cont ains effect ive but mild and
environment ally safe w et t ing agent s and surfact ant s t hat
allow rapid penet rat ion t o remove fat s and oils. Unipol is
especially suit able for hydrocarbon freeing of t anks, and is
safe on all t ank coat ings including zinc silicat e.
Appl i cat i ons
For t he removal of t races of hydrocarbons t o a
hydrocarbon free w all w ash t est specificat ion prior t o
loading of sensit ive cargoes. Unipol may also be used as a
general purpose economical t ank cleaning det ergent .
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
The most economical met hod of using Unipol is by
recirculat ion w ashing, using t ank cleaning machines.
Make up a solut ion of 15% in preferably fresh w at er in
t he t ank and recirculat e. Whenever possible, t he cleaning
solut ion should be heat ed t o 5080C. Rinse off w it h hot
fresh w at er.
Alt ernat ively, hand spray t he t ank w it h a 2050% solut ion
of Unipol and allow t o st ay for 3060 minut es before a
final rinse w it h hot w at er.
When t he t ank is cleaned t o a w at er w hit e st andard ,
remove any free w at er and vent ilat e unt il t he t ank is dry.
Unipol has been evaluated by the BLGWorking Group on
the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards of
Chemicals (ESPH) and found to meet the requirements of
paragraph 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II and is consoli-
dated into annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc at 20C: 8-9
pH, in 1% at 20C: 78
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: The product is compat ible
w it h all normally used met als
and t heir alloys.
Rubber: No know n effect .
Synt het hic rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
652 736975 25 Plast ic
652 736983 210 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Non-caust ic, pH neut ral.

Solvent free

Non-flammable.

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds.

Non-corrosive t o met als.

Suit able for all t ank-coat ings.

Can be used for gas and hydrocarbon-freeing of t anks.

Can be used for deodorizing.

Complies w it h all environment al regulat ions and t he


EU Det ergent Regulat ion

IMO approved and list ed in Annex 10 of t he MEPC.2/


Circular
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
35
TANKLEEN ADVANCE
Product Descri pt i on
A micro emulsion w at er based cleaner/ degreaser. This
product is low t oxic, biodegradable and safe t o use. It is
based on nat ural cit rus oil solvent linked w it h an
advanced surfact ant formulat ion.
The main applicat ions are for cleaning and degreasing in
t he engine room and for deck for removal of grease, oil,
sludge, polymer compounds, carbon deposit s, dirt and
grime.
Di rect i ons f or use
1. Tank cl eani ng
Hydrocarbon freeing aft er cleaning w it h solvent based
cleaners like Seaclean Plus.
Tankleen Advance can be used t o clean most of t he t ank
coat ings. If in doubt , t est t he cleaner on a small area of
t ank coat ing before full scale cleaning st art s.
2. Spot cl eani ng
Tankleen Advance can be hand sprayed neat or dilut ed up
t o 5 part s w at er and left for about 20 t o 30 minut es
before w ashing off w it h w at er.
3. Reci rcul at i on met hod of cl eani ng
Use a solut ion st rengt h bet w een 0.05 t o 0.7% i.e. 0.5 t o 7
lit res per t on w ash w at er. This solut ion can be reused
unt il no longer effect ive.
The best result s w ill be achieved w hen t he w ash solut ion
is heat ed t o max. 35C. How ever, t here is no t emperat ure
limit at ion for t he rinse w at er.
Tankleen Advance has been evaluated by the BLG
Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution
Hazards of Chemicals (ESPH) and found to meet the re-
quirements of paragraph 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II
and is consolidated into annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular.
Feat ures

Wat er based degreaser.

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds.

Low -t oxic.

Non-flammable.

Promot es a pleasant and healt hy w orking environ-


ment .

Split s aft er cleaning, releasing t he oil phase for recla-


mat ion.

Enviroclean has numerous general marine cleaning


applicat ions including t he removal of greases, oil,
sludge, polymer compounds, carbon deposit s, dirt
and grime.

As an engine room cleaner it is except ional as not


only can it be used for degreasing, cleaning paint
w ork and carbon removal, but also for use in soak
t anks, ult rasonic t anks and high pressure cleaning
equipment .

IMO approved and list ed in Annex 10 of t he MEPC.2/


Circular.

Approved by Blohm+ Voss AG for OWS t ype TCS/ HD.

Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms.


Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear, slight ly viscous
liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.01
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 8-9
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No Know n effect
Coat ings: No Know n effect
Rubber: No Know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
659 571489 210
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
36
ACC PLUS
Non Toxi c Cl eaner f or Ai r Cool ers and
Turbochargers
Product Descri pt i on
ACC Plus is a pow erful cleaning agent for cleaning of
diesel engine air coolers, scavenging air syst ems and t he
compressor side of t urbochargers. ACC Plus is a
microemulsion t ype cleaner, w here a synergist ic blend of
biodegradable surfact ant s and low t oxicit y solvent s
replace t he use of t he harmful solvent s t radit ionally used
in air cooler cleaners, w it hout reducing t he cleaning
performance. It is formulat ed t o meet t he lat est
environment al st andards, and is non t oxic bot h t o t he
environment and t o persons handling it . ACC Plus
cont ains no chlorinat ed or aromat ic hydrocarbon solvent s,
nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her subst ances harmful t o
t he environment .
Di rect i ons f or Use
Reci rcul at i on met hod i n-si t u
For t his cleaning procedure t he engine needs t o be
st opped and secured. Permanent ly inst alled spray nozzles
in combinat ion w it h a cleaning solut ion t ank and pump,
such as t he Unit or Chemical Cleaning Unit should be
used. It is advised t o blind off t he cooler out let . Properly
mix w at er and 10-30% ACC Plus, depending on t he
severit y of t he cont aminat ion, in t he t ank. Connect t he
pump's out let t o t he nozzle assembly and t he air cooler
drain t o t he t ank. St art t he pump and spray t he solut ion
t hrough t he nozzles over t he ent ire surface of t he cooler
and drain back t o t he t ank. Circulat e t he solut ion for a
period of 1 t o 6 hours. Aft er cleaning, rinse w it h fresh
w at er. Remove t he out let blind and disconnect t he pump
and t ank loop.
Soaki ng Met hod In-si t u
For t his cleaning procedure t he engine needs t o be
st opped and secured. Blind off t he cooler out let and flood
t he cooler w it h a solut ion of 10-30% ACC Plus in w at er
depending on t he severit y of t he cont aminat ion. Soak for
a period of 1 t o 6 hours and drain t o slop t ank. Agit at ion
by means of st eam or compressed air w ill improve t he
cleaning effect . Aft er cleaning, rinse w it h fresh w at er.
Remove out let blind and close drain.
Out of Servi ce Cl eani ng:
Soak bat h met hod
Remove t he cooler from t he engine and place in a soak
bat h filled w it h a solut ion of 10-30%
ACC Plus in w at er for a period of 1-6 hours. Agit at ion by
means of st eam or compressed air w ill improve t he
cleaning effect . Aft er cleaning rinse w it h fresh w at er and
reinst all t he cooler. This met hod is also suit able for
machine part s w it h st ubborn carbon deposit s.
Hand Spray Met hod
For t his cleaning procedure t he engine needs t o be
st opped and secured. Open t he inspect ion cover on t op of
t he cooler and t he drain valve. Spray undilut ed ACC Plus
int o t he t ube nest , w it h e.g. a Unit or Jet Spray Unit , and
allow t o penet rat e int o t he deposit s for a minimum of 1
hour. Rinse t horoughly w it h a high pressure jet such as a
Unit or High Pressure Machine. Close inspect ion cover and
drain.
In-servi ce Cl eani ng
The general principle is t o inject a solut ion of ACC Plus
int o t he air t runking upst ream of t he charge air cooler
follow ed by a clean w at er rinse. For efficient cleaning of
air coolers, it is necessary t o use correct ly inst alled
dosing and inject ion equipment . To calculat e t he amount
of solut ion required t o clean an air cooler, calculat e or find
t he cross- sect ional area of t he cooler and use 3 lit res of
cleaning solut ion per square met re or as t able below :
Engine HP. Solut ion mix. w it h 25% ACC Plus
6,000 t o 12,000 3 lit re mix
12,000 t o 24,000 4.5 lit re mix
24,000 or more 6 lit re mix
For in- service cleaning of air coolers and t he air- side of
t urbochargers, a solut ion of 25% ACC Plus in freshw at er
is recommended. The appropriat e dosage of cleaner is
t hen placed in t he dosing pot and inject ed up st ream of
t he air cooler for a period of 10 minut es. Aft er a furt her 10
minut es, a similar quant it y of fresh w at er is inject ed t o
rinse off t he emulsified deposit s. Rat e and frequency of
applicat ion depends mainly on t he condit ion of t he air
coolers. How ever w hen st art ing w it h t he use of ACC Plus,
recommended inject ion is every 24 hours. Aft er t he init ial
cleaning period, t he cleaning effect should last for 48
hours of operat ional t ime. Alt hough frequency of
cleaning may vary, t he calculat ed cleaning dose should
remain t he same. This cleaning met hod is only
recommended w hen approved by t he engine manu-
fact urer!
Uni t or Ai r Cool er Cl eaner
Inj ect i on Syst em
Test s show t hat vessels correct ly using t his t ype of
inject ion equipment w it h chemical cleaners such as ACC
Plus, suffer no degradat ion of cylinder liner lubricat ion and
liner w ear rat es are not increased. As t he Air Cooler size
and posit ion, (baffle plat es et c.) vary from engine t o engi-
ne, t he engine manufact urer should be consult ed
before inst allat ion. Large engines w ill normally require
t w o inject ors per cooler, but one inject or is usually
sufficient for medium and small engines.
See also next page
Marine
Chemicals
37
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: Above 61
pH, in conc: 9
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell.
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 698704 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Meet s t he lat est environment al st andards

Equal cleaning performance t o t radit ional cleaners


based on harmful chlorinat ed solvent s

Low t oxicit y, low evaporat ion and pleasant smell

Formulat ed t o remove oil, grease and carbon deposit s


from air coolers and scavenging syst ems

Efficient and economical

Maint ains, st abilises and maximises air cooler


efficiency

Leaves no residue and has no harmful effect on engine.

Can be used for handspray cleaning w hile diesel


engine is st at ionary

Ideal for use in soak bat h or cleaning t anks, such as


t he Chemical Cleaning Unit and t he Ult rasonic Bat h
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
NOTE: Alw ays consult t he engine manufact urer before
inst alling t he inject ors.
Marine
Chemicals
38
CARBONCLEAN LT
Low Toxi c Sol vent Cl eaner f or Removal of
St ubborn Carbon Deposi t s
Product Descri pt i on
Carbonclean LT is a non-corrosive, pow erful solvent for
removal of carbonaceous deposit s. Carbonclean LT
cont ains no chlorinat ed solvent s or phenolic compounds
and has low t oxicit y t o t he environment and t o persons
handling it .
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Submerged Met hod
This is an effect ive w ay of cleaning deposit s from machi-
ne part s. The it ems t o be cleaned are dipped int o t he sol-
vent . A w ire basket can be used for small component s.
For removal of light deposit s or oil, a dilut ion of up t o 1:2
in fresh w at er can be used. Light deposit s w ill be remo-
ved in 1 hour, w hereas heavily oxidised deposit s may
need overnight soaking. Aft er t he component s have been
removed from t he soaking bat h, remaining solvent is easi-
ly flushed off w it h w at er.
Due t o a very low evaporat ion rat e, no precaut ions are
necessary t o prevent loss of liquid, but adequat e
vent ilat ion is recommended.
Cl eani ng t he Oi l Si de of Heat Exchangers
Where in- sit u cleaning is required, Carbonclean LT can be
used neat and circulat ed t hrough t he unit in quest ion.
Time required for t his process w ill again depend on ext ent
of fouling and may t ake up t o 24 hours.
The Chemical Cleaning Unit - Product no. 664 737189 - is
recommended t o be used.
1. Disconnect t he heat exchanger's oil inlet and out let ,
drain off any remaining oil.
2. Connect t he discharge side of t he Chemical Cleaning
Unit (CCU) t o t he low er heat exchanger connect ion
and fit t he ret urn t o t he CCU.
3. Add Carbonclean LT t o t he drum and heat , maint aining
t he t emperat ure (max 60C), t hroughout t he cleaning
operat ion. If heat is not available t he cleaning t ime w ill
need t o be ext ended.
4. Circulat e for 12 hours. When t he cleaning is complet e,
disconnect t he low er heat exchange connect ion and
drain out t he cleaning solut ion.
5. Connect a fresh w at er supply t o t he upper heat
exchanger connect ion. Rinse unt il w at er runs clear.
6. Disconnect t he w at er supply, drain and dry t he heat
exchanger.
The Chemical Cleaning Unit can also be used for cleaning
by soaking or circulat ion. Result s can be achieved w it h
maximum efficiency and w it h minimum use of
Carbonclean LT.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: Above 61
pH, in conc: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 575696 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Reformulat ed w it h improved cleaning propert ies

Can be used for cleaning engine part s like:


- Pist ons
- Pist on rings
- Valves
- Valve cages

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Non-corrosive, safe on all light met als, including


aluminium

Quickly dissolves deposit s cont aining carbon, resins or


varnishes

Simple and economical t o use by soaking or circulat ion


met hod

Eliminat es need for hard scraping

Low t oxicit y

Low evaporat ion rat e

No phenolic or chlorinat ed compounds

Can be used for removal of carbon t ype deposit s from


burner t ips, fuel inject ors and all component s fouled by
carbon, resin or varnishes

Cleans oil side of fuel and lube-oil heat ers, oil coolers, et c.

Removes carbon based deposit s from fuel and lube oil


filt ers
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
39
AIR COOLER CLEANER
Cl eaner f or Ai r Cool ers and Turbochargers
Product Descri pt i on
Air Cooler Cleaner is a pow erful solvent emulsion cleaner
for cleaning of diesel engine air coolers, scavenging air
syst ems and compressor side of t urbochargers.
Di rect i ons f or Use
In-servi ce cl eani ng - t he procedure is t o inject a
solut ion of Air Cooler Cleaner int o t he air t runking
upst ream of t he charge air cooler, follow ed by a clean
w at er rinse. For efficient cleaning of air coolers, it is
necessary t o use correct ly inst alled dosing and inject ion
equipment .
To calculat e t he amount of solut ion required t o clean an
air cooler, det ermine t he cross- sect ional area of t he coo-
ler and use 3 lit res of cleaning solut ion per square
met re or as show n in t he t able below :
Engine HP. Solut ion mix. w it h 25%
Air Cooler Cleaner
6.000 t o 12.000 3 lit re mix
12.000 t o 24.000 4.5 lit re mix
24.000 or more 6 lit re mix
For in- service cleaning of air cooler and air- side of
t urbochargers, a solut ion of 25% Air Cooler Cleaner in
fresh w at er is recommended.
The appropriat e dose of cleaner is t hen put in t he dosing
pot and inject ed up- st ream of t he air cooler for 10
minut es. Aft er t his a similar quant it y of fresh w at er is in-
ject ed t o rinse off t he emulsified deposit s.
Rat e and frequency of applicat ion depends mainly on t he
condit ion of t he air coolers. How ever, w hen st art ing w it h
t he use of Air Cooler Cleaner, w e recommend inject ion
every 24 hours. Aft er init ial cleaning period, t he cleaning
effect should last for 48 hours of operat ional t ime.
Alt hough frequency of cleaning may vary, t he calculat ed
cleaning dose should remain t he same.
This cleaning met hod is recommended only if approved by
engine manufact urer.
Out of servi ce cl eani ng
Handspray Cl eani ng - in t his sit uat ion t he engine must
be st opped.
Open an appropriat e air t runking inspect ion cover.
Open air cooler drain valves.
Using a pressure handspray, apply undilut ed Air Cooler
Cleaner all over t he cooler coils. Allow t he Air Cooler
Cleaner t o penet rat e t he deposit s for a minimum of 1
hour, t hen use a high pressure lance or w at er jet t o w ash
off t he loosened deposit s.
Aft er sat isfact ory cleaning and flushing t hrough w it h fresh
w at er, close air cooler drains.
Soak Met hod - t his met hod may be used for machine
part s w it h st ubborn carbon deposit s. Put part s t o be cle-
aned int o a bat h of undilut ed Air Cooler Cleaner and allow
deposit s t o be broken dow n and loosened before removal,
t hen rinse.
Uni t or Ai r Cool er Cl eaner Inj ect i on Syst em
The engi ne manuf act urer shoul d be consul t ed
bef ore i nst al l i ng i nj ect ors.
Large engines w ill normally require t w o inject ors per
cooler, but one inject or is usually sufficient for medium
and small engines.
See also next page
Marine
Chemicals
40
Dosi ng Procedure
1. Check t hat all valves are closed A, B & C.
2. Thoroughly mix up a 25% solut ion of Air Cooler Cleaner
and fresh w at er and pour t his int o t he dosing pot
t hrough t he filt er funnel, closing filt er valve aft erw ards.
3. Open valve 'A' allow ing compressed air t o t he inject or
nozzle.
4. Open valve 'B' and 'C' t o balance t runking pressure in
dosage vessel. Emulsion solut ion w ill now be draw n
dow n int o t he inject or and be at omised in t he
scavenge air t runking. It should t ake about 10 minut es
t o empt y t he dosage vessel.
5. Close all valves A, B & C.
6. Aft er a residence t ime of 10 minut es, repeat sequence
of operat ion above using one full dosing vessel of fresh
w at er.
7. Repeat t his procedure every 24 t o 48 hours,
depending on t he requirement s of t he t ype of engine
and sizes of air coolers.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: Above 61
pH, in conc: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell slight ly.
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571588 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Formulat ed t o remove oil, grease and carbon deposit s


from air coolers and scavenging syst ems

Efficient and economical

May be used for in- service cleaning

Renders surfaces oil-repellent

Maint ains and st abilises air cooler efficiency at


maximum

Saves t ime, maint enance cost s and avoids risks of


damage w hen dismant ling

Leaves no residue and has no harmful effect on


engine

Product in w at er solut ion is non-flammable, non-explo-


sive and has no flash point

Can be used for light carbon removal from machinery


part s
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
41
CARBON REMOVER
Heavy Dut y Sol vent Cl eaner f or Removal of
St ubborn Carbon Deposi t s
Product Descri pt i on
A pow erful non-corrosive solvent for breaking dow n car-
bon deposit s
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
SOAK METHOD - This is an effect ive w ay of cleaning de-
posit s from component s and machine part s. In order t o
reduce t he evaporat ion of Carbon Remover bot h on t he
pure product as w ell as on it s emulsions, a skin is formed
w hen exposed t o air.
The it ems for cleaning are submerged int o t he act ive
solvent . A w ire basket can be used for small component s.
Immersion t ime w ill depend upon t he nat ure of t he
deposit s t o be removed. Light deposit s w ill be removed in
1 hour, w hereas heavy oxidised deposit s might need
longer t ime.
The component s should be rinsed t horoughly before
handling.
Cl eani ng t he Oi l Si de of Heat Exchangers
The Chemical Cleaning Unit - Product no. 664 737189 - is
recommended t o be used.
1. Isolat e t he oil supply, disconnect t he heat exchanger
oil inlet and out let , drain off any remaining oil.
2. Connect t he discharge side of Chemical Cleaning Unit
(CCU) t o t he low er heat exchanger connect ion and fit
t he ret urn t o t he CCU.
3. Add Carbon Remover t o t he drum and heat ,
maint aining t he t emperat ure (max 50C) t hroughout
t he cleaning operat ion. If heat ing is not available, t he
cleaning t ime w ill need t o be ext ended.
4. Circulat e for 12 hours. When t he cleaning is complet e,
disconnect t he low er heat exchanger connect ion and
drain.
5. Connect a high pressure fresh w at er supply t o t he
upper heat exchanger connect ion. Rinse unt il w at er
runs clear.
6. Disconnect , drain and dry.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear brow n liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: Above 61
pH, in conc: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: Avoid nat ural and synt het ic rubber
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571604 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Quickly dissolves deposit s cont aining carbon, resins or


varnishes

Simple and economical t o use

Eliminat es need for hard scraping

Non flammable

Removes carbon t ype deposit s from burner t ips, fuel


inject ors and all component s fouled by carbon, resin or
varnishes

Cleans oil side of fuel heat ers, oil coolers, et c.

Removes carbon based deposit s from fuel and lube oil


filt ers

Can be used for cleaning of: - Pist ons - Pist on rings -


Valve cages
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.ein.
Marine
Chemicals
42
COMMISSIONING CLEANER
Cl eaner f or New Boi l er and Cool i ng Syst ems
Product Descri pt i on
Commissioning Cleaner is a mult ifunct ional w at er based
cleaner. It is t he new generat ion in one st ep cleaner
product . Low foaming.
Appl i cat i ons
Commissioning Cleaner is for cleaning of new boilers and
cooling syst ems on board new buildings. It w ill remove
scale, rust , oil and grease at t he same t ime from t he
syst ems. The product is recirculat ed t hrough t he syst em,
using an ext ernal circulat ion pump.
Di rect i ons of Use and Dose Rat es
Use t he dosage 5-10% solut ion depending on t he grade of
cont aminat ion.
Degreasi ng and descal i ng of boi l er and cool i ng
w at er syst ems
The Unit or Chemical Cleaning Unit -
Product no. 664 737189- is recommended t o be used.
1. Drain syst em t o be cleaned if necessary.
2. Inspect as complet ely as possible t o det ermine t he
ext ent of cont aminat ion and general condit ion of
syst em.
3. Fill w it h fresh w at er.
4. Add a solut ion 5-10% st rengt h of Commissioning
Cleaner.
5. Circulat e t hrough t he syst em for 5 t o 8 hours at t he
maximum t emperat ure allow ed by t he syst em.
6. Drain syst em complet ely and flush t horoughly t he
ent ire syst em and all component s w it h fresh w at er
unt il effluent is clear.
7. Reinspect t o det ermine result s of t he cleaning
process.
8. If unsat isfact ory, repeat st eps 3 t hrough 7.
9. Refill syst em w it h dist illat e or good qualit y fresh
w at er and dose t he required amount of cooling or boi-
ler w at er t reat ment .
10. Test syst em on a regular basis t o insure chemical
residuals are maint ained w it h specific limit s.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid.
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.112 - 1.122
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in 20%- solut ion: 8.5 - 9.0
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect .
Rubber: No know n effect .
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 624932 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Wat er based mult ifunct ional cleaner

Biodegradable

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Cleaning of new syst ems for mill scale, rust , oil et c.

Cleans w at er syst ems w it h light scale and a t hin oil


film

Provides a t emporary prot ect ion against corrosion by


passivat ion

No need of neut ralizat ion chemicals aft erw ards

Safe on aluminium, zinc, t in and t heir alloys

Quick separat ion of oil aft er cleaning


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
43
DISCLEAN
Separat or Di sc Cl eaner
Product descri pt i on
Disclean is a w at er based blend of inhibit ed acids,
surfact ant s and emulsifying agent s. Disclean removes t he
heavy t enacious deposit s w hich collect in fuel and lube oil
cent rifugal separat ors, and it is ext remely effect ive in
removing t hese deposit s w it hout t he necessit y of
separat ing t he discs from t he st ack.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Disclean may be used undilut ed or dilut ed dow n t o 20%
by volume w it h fresh w at er, depending on t he severit y of
cont aminat ion, availabilit y of heat and t ime t o complet e
cleaning operat ion. The higher t he concent rat ion t he
more efficient t he cleaning act ion. The t ime for a cleaning
operat ion w ill vary from 30 minut es t o maximum 2 hours,
depending on t he above fact ors. Fast er and more efficient
cleaning can be accomplished by heat ing t o a maximum
t emperat ure of 60 C. Aft er t he unit or part s have been
sat isfact orily cleaned, t hey shall be rinsed t horoughly w it h
fresh w at er t o remove all t races of cont aminat ion and
Disclean. It is recommended t hat t his product is not used
on zinc, t in, galvanised surfaces or anodised aluminium.
The Unit or Chemical Cleaning Unit (Product no. 664
737189) can be used for soak cleaning of disc st acks.
Met hod of cl eani ng
Separat ors can be cleaned by:
1. Removing t he separat or disc st ack and soaking in a
solut ion of Disclean. Circulat ing t he solut ion and
heat ing w ill enhance t he cleaning.
2. Removing t he separat or discs and dismant ling st ack,
t hen soaking discs in Disclean. Circulat ing and
heat ing t he solut ion w ill enhance t he cleaning. Discs
can be sprayed if soaking t ank is not available.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.3
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, 1 vol-%: 2
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Corrosive t o mild st eel, cast iron, aluminium
and alloys, brass, t in or galvanised mat erial.
Rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571687 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Acid based product cont ains surfact ant s

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Non-flammable

Remove heavy t enacious deposit s

Cleans dow n t o met al surfaces

Leaves no film or residue

Reduces dow n t ime

Allow s cleaning of dics w it hout dismant ling of disc


st acks

Cleans all t ypes of separat or discs

Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
44
DESCALEX
Pow der Aci d f or Removal of Scal e and Rust
Product Descri pt i on
Descalex is a dry acid cleaner formulat ed t o remove rust
and scale deposit s.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
The most effect ive descaling is accomplished by
circulat ion. In t he case of small component s, t he soak
met hod in an immersion bat h can be used.
If t he equipment t o be cleaned is cont aminat ed by oil,
grease and sludge, pre-cleaning should be done w it h
Seaclean Plus or Enviroclean.
Depending on t he ext ent of scaling, use a solut ion of
2.5-10% Descalex. The solut ion w ill have a red colour
w hich becomes clear w hen t he solut ion is neut ralised.
Whenever possible, t he solut ion should be heat ed t o
60C.
Neut ralised solut ions can be react ivat ed by adding more
Descalex unt il t he red colour reappears. This should not
be done more t han t w ice.
Descalex should not be used on aluminium, zinc, t in or
galvanised surfaces.
Descal i ng of Boi l ers, Descal i ng of Di esel Engi ne
Cool i ng Wat er Syst ems, Condensers, Evaporat ors,
Cal ori f i ers, Heat Exchangers:
See Pract ical Applicat ion Manual or Wat er Treat ment
Handbook.
Aft er use of Descalex a 0.5% solut ion of Alkalinit y Cont rol
in fresh w at er should be used for neut ralisat ion.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Reddish pow der
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.2
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in 10 w t -%: 1.1
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Avoid aluminium, zinc, t in and t heir
alloys and galvanised surfaces.
Rubber: No observed effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg) Cont ainer
651 571646 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Dry acid cleaner cont ains inhibit ors t o prot ect met als

Cont ains colour indicat or t o show t he st rengt h of t he


solut ion and ant i-foam agent

Safe and easy handling and st orage

Fast and effect ive scale remover

Removes scale from boilers

Removes scale from diesel engine cooling w at er


syst ems

Removes scale and rust from condensers, evapora-


t ors, heat exchangers et c.

Approved by t he Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of


Public Healt h for cleaning of evaporat ors
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Not es regardi ng saf et y i n descal i ng operat i ons:
Descalex cont ains st rong acids. Handle w it h care and pay special at t ent ion t o Mat erial Safet y Dat a Sheet and/ or Product
Label. Use personal prot ect ion equipment as recommended.
React ion product s from acid component s in descaling product s may include gases like carbon dioxide and hydrogen.
Format ion of hydrogen gas can be monit oret w it h gas det ect ion equipment on t he vent s. To avoid suffocat ion and pot ent i-
ally explosive at mosphere, gasses should be removed safely by purging syst em w it h w at er aft er draining t he cleaning so-
lut ion. Vent of syst em during descaling operat ions must be provided for same reason. Alw ays use gas det ect ion equipment
t o check t hat t he at mosphere is safe before ent ering confined spaces for inspect ion aft er descaling operat ions. When cir-
culat ing t he descaling solut ion, alw ays circulat e w it h inlet at t he bot t om t o avoid air pocket s and pot ent ial ent rapment of
gaseous react ion product s.
Marine
Chemicals
45
DESCALING LIQUID
Li qui d Aci d f or Removal of Scal e and Rust
Product Descri pt i on
Descaling Liquid is a liquid acid cont aining descaling
accelerat ors, corrosion-inhibit ors and w et t ing agent s.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
The most effect ive descaling is accomplished by
circulat ion for large syst ems or component s. In t he case
of small component s, t he soak met hod in an immersion
bat h can be used.
If t he equipment t o be cleaned is cont aminat ed by oil,
grease, sludge or carbonised oil, t hen pre-cleaning w it h
Seaclean or Enviroclean is necessary.
Descaling Liquid should alw ay be used in plast ic bucket .
Acid should alw ays be added t o w at er, and never t he
reverse.
Descaling Liquid should be mixed w it h fresh w at er t o form
a solut ion of 10-30%, depending on t he ext ent of scaling.
Aft er using Descaling Liquid it is essent ial t o t horoughly
rinse all met al surfaces at least once w it h a 0.5% solut ion
of Alkalinit y Cont rol in fresh w at er. This solut ion should be
circulat ed for 2-4 hours or unt il an accept able pH value is
obt ained. This w ill neut ralize any remaining acidit y and
passivat e st eel surfaces.
Descaling Liquid should not be used on aluminium, zinc,
t in, or any galvanised surfaces for w hich a special grade
cleaner should be used.
Wilhelmsen Ships Service has developed a 210 lit re
capacit y cleaning unit designed for use w it h chemical
acid solut ions for cleaning boilers, calorifiers, heat
exchangers and ot her t ypes of equipment w here rust and
scale form.
Chemi cal Cl eani ng Uni t : Product no. 664 737189
Descal i ng Boi l ers, Condensers, Evaporat ors,
Cal ori f i ers and Heat exchangers:
See Pract ical Applicat ion Manual or Wat er Treat ment
Handbook.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.2
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: < 1.5
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Avoid aluminium, zinc, t in and
t heir alloys and galvanised surfaces.
Rubber: No know n effect .
Synt het ic rubber: May sw ell.
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571653 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Acid based product cont ains inhibit ors against at t ack


on ferrous met als

Unlimit ed shelf life

Easy t o rinse off

Fast and effect ive scale remover

Removes scale and rust from condensers, evapora-


t ors, heat exchangers, et c.

Removes w at er scale from boilers

Approved by t he Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of


Public Healt h for cleaning of evaporat ors
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Not es regardi ng saf et y i n descal i ng operat i ons:
Descaling Liquid cont ains st rong acids. Handle w it h care and pay special at t ent ion t o Mat erial Safet y Dat a Sheet and/ or
Product Label. Use personal prot ect ion equipment as recommended.
React ion product s from acid component s in descaling product s may include gases like carbon dioxide and hydrogen.
Format ion of hydrogen gas can be monit oret w it h gas det ect ion equipment on t he vent s. To avoid suffocat ion and pot ent i-
ally explosive at mosphere, gasses should be removed safely by purging syst em w it h w at er aft er draining t he cleaning so-
lut ion. Vent of syst em during descaling operat ions must be provided for same reason. Alw ays use gas det ect ion equipment
t o check t hat t he at mosphere is safe before ent ering confined spaces for inspect ion aft er descaling operat ions. When cir-
culat ing t he descaling solut ion, alw ays circulat e w it h inlet at t he bot t om t o avoid air pocket s and pot ent ial ent rapment of
gaseous react ion product s.
Marine
Chemicals
46
METAL BRITE
Rust St ai n Remover
Product Descri pt i on
Liquid det ergent compound cont aining rust dissolving
acids, emulsifiers and passivat ors.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Met al Brit e should alw ays be used in a plast ic bucket . The
acid should alw ays be added t o w at er, never t he reverse.
For removal of rust st ains and oxide st ains on aluminium,
brass, copper and st ainless st eel, apply Met al Brit e (aft er
removal of oil and grease) neat w it h a brush, rag, et c.
Wash off aft er 15 minut es. Repeat if necessary. Do not let
Met al Brit e dry on surfaces as it may leave a hard w hit e
deposit .
For st eel surfaces; remove oil, grease and old paint . Wet
dow n ent ire surface w it h neat Met al Brit e and allow t o
dry. Second w ash may be necessary. Surface should have
a grey/ w hit e appearance w hen t he Met al Brit e is dry.
St eel surfaces w ill have a resist ance t o rust and w ill
render a good base for paint .
For removal of rust st ains on paint ed surfaces and w ood,
Met al Brit e should be applied at full st rengt h for heavy
st ains, or dilut ed t o 30-50% for light st ains. Allow t o soak
for 20 t o 30 minut es and w ash off w it h w at er. A second
applicat ion may be necessary t o remove t he st ubborn
st ains.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.2
pH, in 1 vol - %: 2
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Long t erm exposure w ill cause corrosion
of mild st eel, cast iron, aluminium and
alloys, brass, t in or galvanised mat erial
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571661 25 Plast ic
651 765073 1 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Non-flammable

Prevent s flash rust ing

Surfaces rendered suit able for paint ing

Surface bright ening

When cleaning aluminium, brass and copper flush w it h


w at er upon complet ion of cleaning
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
47
METAL BRITE H.D.
Rust and Met al Tarni sh Remover
Product Descri pt i on
Liquid det ergent compound cont aining phosphoric acid
and non-ionic surfact ant s, used for rust removal and as a
surface bright ener.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Met al Brit e H.D. should alw ays be used in a plast ic
bucket . Acid should alw ays be added t o w at er, never t he
reverse.
Remove dirt , rust flakes, oil and grease prior t o using
Met al Brit e H.D.
Apply Met al Brit e H.D. t o surfaces t o be cleaned or
pickled as follow s:
For severely corroded surfaces and pickling of w elding
repairs, use 50% solut ion t o neat .
For less severely corroded or soiled surfaces and t arnish
on copper and brass, use a solut ion of 20-50%, and rinse
off surface w it h w at er aft er 15-40 minut es.
On aluminium, use a solut ion of 10-30%, but rinse off
surface maximum 5 minut es aft er applicat ion
For removal of rust st ains on paint ed surfaces, a solut ion
of 10-30% should be sufficient . Rinse off w it h w at er aft er
15-20 minut es.
For removal of rust st ains on ceramic t iles, enamels,
porcelain, glass et c., use a solut ion of 20-50%, depending
on st ains and soiling. Rinse off w it h w at er aft er
20-40 minut es.
For removal of light cement st ains and lime, apply a 50%
solut ion, and high pressure w ash aft er 30-40 minut es,
and for solidified cement use Descaling Liquid.
For removal of light rust and scale in pipelines and t anks,
recirculat e a solut ion of 5-10% Met al Brit e H.D. For
discolorat ion of st ainless st eel and epoxy coat ed t anks,
use t he same met hod.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.3
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, 1 vol-%: 2
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Long t erm exposure may lead t o corrosion of
mild st eel, cast iron, aluminium and alloys,
brass, t in or galvanised mat erial.
Rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571679 25 Plast ic
651 655506 210 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Non-flammable

Removes light rust and rust st ains

Cleans and passivat es ferrous met al surfaces, inhibit s


furt her corrosion, and gives a base w hich paint w ill
adhere

Removes t arnish from non-ferrous met als

Surface bright ening including aluminium

Removes rust st ains from paint ed, ceramic and w oo-


den surfaces

Economical in use

Approved by t he Norw egian Inst it ut e of Public Healt h


for use as cleaner of t anks in cont act w it h cooking oil.
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
48
TANKLEEN BRIGHT
Product Descri pt i on
Liquid det ergent compound cont aining phosphoric acid
and non-ionic surfact ant s, used for rust removal and as a
surface bright ener.
Dosi ng met hod
Takleen Bright should alw ays be used in a plast ic bucket .
Acid should alw ays be added t o w at er, never t he reverse.
Remove dirt , rust flakes, oil and grease prior t o using
Tankleen Bright .
Apply Tankleen Bright t o surfaces t o be cleaned or pickled
as follow s:
For severely corroded surfaces and pickling of w elding re-
pairs, use 50% solut ion t o neat .
On aluminium, use a solut ion of 8-25%, but rinse off sur-
face maximum 5 minut es aft er applicat ion
For removal of rust st ains on paint ed surfaces, a solut ion
of 8-25% should be sufficient . Rinse off w it h w at er 15-20
minut es aft er applicat ion.
For removal of w hit e residues from epoxy-coat ings t hat
somet imes remains aft er carriage of St earin, Olein, Palm
fat t y acid et c., recirculat e a solut ion of 3-6% Tankleen
Bright . When inject ed, use a 3% solut ion. Recirculat e or
inject unt il residue is removed.
Tankleen Bright has been evaluated by the BLGWorking
Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards of
Chemicals (ESPH) and found to meet the requirements of
paragraph 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II and is consoli-
dated into annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular.
Feat ures

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds.

Non-flammable.

Removes light rust and rust st ains.

Cleans and passivat es ferrous met al surfaces, inhibit s


furt her corrosion, and gives a base w hich paint w ill
adhere.

Removes t arnish from non-ferrous met als.

Surface bright ening including aluminium.

Removes rust st ains from paint ed, ceramic and


w ooden surfaces.

Economical in use.

IMO approved and list ed in Annex 10 of t he MEPC.2/


Circular
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.2
pH, in 1 vol - %: 2
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Long t erm exposure w ill cause corrosion
of mild st eel, cast iron, aluminium and
alloys, brass, t in or galvanised mat erial
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 766097 190
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
49
DECK CLEAN NP
Product Descri pt i on
Deck Clean NP is a liquid cleaning formulat ion cont aining
acids, emulsifiers and passivat ors used for removal of rust
and w at er born st ains on super st ruct ureand on decks.
Deck Clean NP is free of phosphoric acid and is readily
biodegradable.
Dosage and cont rol
Deck Clean NP should alw ays be added t o w at er, never
t he reverse. Remove dirt , rust flakes and oil/ grease prior
t o using Deck Clean NP. Required dosage may vary slight -
ly depending on degree of st ain.
In general for t he removal of rust st ains on paint ed surfa-
ces and w ood, Deck Clean NP should be applied at full
st rengt h for heavy st ains, or dilut ed t o 10-30% st rengt h
for light st ains.
Allow t o soak for 20-30 minut es and rinse off surface w it h
w at er. A second applicat ion may be necessary t o remove
t he st ubborn st ains.
Deck Clean NP can be used for bright ening of t eak, ma-
hogany and oak decking and t o remove rust and w at er
st ains on Wood and Varnished w ood.
Make up t o a 10% solut ion of Deck Clean NP and allow t o
soak for about 20 minut es and rinse of surface w it h w a-
t er. Do not let Deck Clean NP dry on surface.
Feat ures

Highly concent rat ed

Wat er borne

Removes w at er born st ains from w indow s

Removes light rust and rust st ains from paint ed and


w ooden surfaces, met als and glass.

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds.

Phosphoric acid free

Readily biodegradable

Easy t o rinse off

Non-flammable
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.3
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, 1 vol-%: 2
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Long t erm exposure may lead t o corrosion of
mild st eel, cast iron, aluminium and alloys,
brass, t in or galvanised mat erial.
Rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 765990 25
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
50
TEAK RENEWER
Wooden Deck Bri ght ener
Product Descri pt i on
Teak Renew er is a dry acid product formulat ed for
bright ening w ooden decks. For removal of oil and fat and
for daily cleaning use Aquabreak PX or HP-Wash.
Appl i cat i ons
Teak Renew er is used t o remove w ood discolourat ion
commonly found on unt reat ed t eak, mahogany and oak
decking.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
1. Dissolve 5-10% Unit or Teak Renew er in fresh w at er.
2. Apply t he solut ion on t he surface w it h a chemical
spray unit .
3. Leave for 30-45 minut es.
4. Wash off w it h fresh clean w at er.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Whit e cryst alline pow der
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.6
pH, in 10% solut ion: 1
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Long t erm exposure will cause
corrosion
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt et hic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg) Cont ainer
651 758623 20 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Dry acid deck cleaner

Surface bright ening of w ood

Removes st ains and discolourat ion

Wat er soluble for ease of use

Quick, efficient cleaning pow er


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
51
ELECTROSOLV-E
G.P. Cl eaner and Degreaser f or al l El ect ri cal Part s
Product Descri pt i on
A non-chlorinat ed solvent w it h a cont rolled evaporat ion
rat e, for cleaning and degreasing elect rical equipment .
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dosage Rat es
Elect rosolv-E must only be used in sufficient ly vent ilat ed
areas.
Elect rosolv-E should alw ays be used undilut ed.
It can be applied by brush, sw ab, or as a fine spray using
suit able hand held spray equipment .
NOTE: Never open f l ame w hen usi ng f i ne spray.
Small component s may be cleaned by brief immersion in
a bat h of Elect rosolv-E.
The most suit able w ay of applying Elect rosolv-E is by
using hand spray or syphon spray guns. Once t he deposit s
of dirt and grease have been flushed aw ay w it h
Elect rosolv-E t he remaining solvent may be evaporat ed by
using clean compressed air at low pressure and high volu-
me.
Caut i on: Never use El ect rosol v-E on a runni ng
generat or or mot or.
Elect rosolv-E can be used t o clean virt ually all elect rical
equipment and component s alt hough it may affect some
t ypes of rubber and plast ic. Eit her remove
rubber and plast ic part s from component or t est on small
area for any react ion before cleaning.
Aft er cleaning mot ors or generat ors insulat ion resist ance
t o ground should be t est ed t o check t hat it is w it hin it s
specified limit s.
Sprayers: a range of spray equipment is available for use
w it h Elect rosolv-E and ot her solvent s.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear, colourless liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.8
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: Above 61
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: May sw ell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 604389 25 St eel
651 765057 1 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Cont ains no chlorinat ed solvent s

Pow erful solvent w it h cont rolled evaporat ion

Rapid penet rat ion and act ion

Efficient cleaning w it h no grease film or moist ure resi-


due

Harmless t o elect rical insulat ion. Test ed for break-


t hrough volt age aft er DIN-57370 t o 209 KV/ cm.

Non-corrosive - can be used on all normal component s


w it h no risk of corrosive damage

Cleans and degrease elect rical part s and equipment


w it hout t he need for rinsing
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
52
UNITOR USC ULTRASONIC CLEANER
Wat er-Based Cl eaner
Product Descri pt i on
Unit or USC is a w at er-based alkaline low -t oxic product
w it h an except ional solvency pow er on soil and oily
mat t er. It is specially developed for ult rasonic cleaning
applicat ions. It is free from hydrocarbon solvent s,
biodegradable, and safe t o handle.
Appl i cat i ons
Suit able for cleaning engine component s like fuel and lube
oil filt ers, pump component s, inlet and exhaust valves
et c.
Di rect i on f or Use and Dose Rat es
Unit or USC is specially formulat ed for use in t he ult rasonic
cleaning t ank, Unit or Ult rasonic T-1040/ HM.
Fill t he ult rasonic unit w it h approx. 30 lit res of clean, fresh
w at er.
Prior t o use, t he ult rasonic bat h must be de-gassed. Allow
t he bat h t o run for 1-2 minut es w it hout any object s or
cleaning agent unt il t he evolut ion of gas bubbles ceases.
This is t o enhance t he cleaning effect .
Mix in 1 lit re Unit or USC. For st ubborn deposit s, a second
lit re may be added.
Best result s are obt ained at t emperat ures of 60-80C.
Time necessary for cleaning depends on t he nat ure and
t hickness of t he deposit s. 20-30 min. w ill suffice for most
applicat ions. Hardened, carbonised or aged deposit s may
require up t o 4 hours.
If t he cleaning solut ion is not heavily cont aminat ed, it may
be re-used at a lat er st age.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Green.
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: May at t ack zinc, aluminium and
magnesium at concent rat ed solut ions
Rubber: No known effect
pH neat : 12
Synt het ic rubber: May swell
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 607819 1 in cart ons Plast ic
of 12 bot t les
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Wat er-based

Low -t oxic

Biodegradable

Non-flammable

Free of hydrocarbon solvent s

Specially developed for use w it h ult rasonic cleaning


bat hs

Removes grease, oil, carbon deposit s, soil and grime

Keeps loosened deposit s in suspension prevent ing


re-deposit ion

Effect ive and economical in use

Self split t ing


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
53
NATURAL HAND CLEANER
Ski n Cl eaner
Product Descri pt i on
Nat ural Hand Cleaner is an orange gel skin cleaner
cont aining nat ural ingredient s such as cit rus oils. The
product is effect ive and mild t o t he skin and cont ains no
pet roleum solvent derivat ives. It removes t he most
severe indust rial grime, oil and grease in complet e safet y.
It incorporat es poly beads t o assist removal of t he most
severe indust rial grime.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Nat ural Hand Cleaner should be massaged ont o t he soiled
skin w it hout t he use of w at er. The skin should t hen be
rinsed w it h clean w at er and dried t horoughly w it h a t ow el
or t issue.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Orange gel
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 571752 Box cont aining Plast ic
4x5 lt r
651 765091 0,5 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Does not cont ain nonyl phenol et hoxylat es or ot her


est rogenic compounds

Pleasant cit rus smell

Mild ant isept ic propert ies

Cont ains poly beads w hich act like a light scrubbing


brush t o assist t he cleaning act ion. The poly beads are
harmless t o bilge pumps

Effect ive and suit able for t he most severe soiling.


Due t o it s mildness it can be used safely day aft er day

Easier t o rinse off t han many ot her gel cleaners

Approved by The Royal Inst it ut e of Public Healt h


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
54
GAMAZYME BOE
Odour El i mi nat or
Product Descri pt i on
Gamazyme BOE is a new approach in odour cont rol
t echnology. It provides deep and effect ive cleaning
t hrough microbial act ivit y. Aft er odour eliminat ion, t he
odour causing compounds are biodegraded by t he bact e-
ria st rains.
Gamazyme BOE provides a pow erful combinat ion of a
fast -act ing neut raliser for immediat e odour relief, and
bact eria adapt ed for degradat ion of organic compounds.
Gamazyme BOE eradicat es odours by at t acking and
degrading t he organic source of t he odour.
4 w ay act i on:
1. Fragrance for rapid act ion
2. Binding for capt uring odour
3. Cleaning act ion by organic breakdow n
4. Accelerat ed microbial degradat ion
Gamazyme BOE is a specialised bact erial formulat ion
designed t o eliminat e odour in garbage and w ast e
collect ion areas, rest rooms, galleys, et c.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Use Gamazyme BOE neat for t he applicat ions, but
consider dilut ion of t he product for great er surface
coverage.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Colourless liquid
Bact erial Pat hw ays: Aerobic and facult at ive
anaerobic
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0 - 1.05
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
656 624077 20 Bag in box
(Cruise)
656 624619 12 x 1 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Wat er based neut ral odour cont rol

Fast -act ing environment ally friendly odour cont roller


w it h t he effect iveness of deep cleaning microbes

Rapidly neut ralises and eliminat es odours w it hout


relying on t he use of odour masking or hazardous che-
mical oxidisers

Enhances t he act ivit y of t he nat ural bact eria, result ing


in higher rat es of degradat ion

Removes odours from garbage and w ast e collect ion


areas, rest rooms, galleys, et c.

Rapid and long t erm effect

Available in 20 lt r. bag in a box & easy t o use lt r. bot t les


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
55
GAMAZYME BTC
Bi ol ogi cal Toi l et Cl eaner
Product Descri pt i on
Gamazyme BTC is a unique biological act ive liquid
formulat ion cont aining specialised bact erial st rains,
biodegradable low foaming chemical cleaners and ant i
foam agent s.
How i t w orks
Gamazyme Biological Toilet Cleaner is specifically
formulat ed t o replace aggressive, t oxic t oilet cleaners
t hat can disable t he sew age t reat ment plant by killing t he
nat urally occurring bact eria t hat are essent ial t o it s
operat ion. Convent ional t oilet cleaners may also cause
foaming in t he vacuum induct or w hich dest roys t he
vacuum in t he sanit ary flushing syst em.
Gamazyme BTC effect ively cleans t he t oilet s and doses
millions of select ed safe bact eria int o t he sanit ary
syst em. These pow erful specialised bact eria colonise t he
organic w ast e lining t he pipe syst em and remove t he
organic deposit . On draining t o t he sew age t reat ment
plant , t he bact eria w ill enhance t he biological act ivit y,
reducing solids and odours.
Grease, fat s, st arch and ot her organic compounds are
digest ed by Gamazyme BTC. The degradat ion of paper,
prot ein, w ast e product residuals and ot her odorous
mat erials is also enhanced.
Gamazyme BTC cleans more t horoughly and deeply
compared t o convent ional cleaning product s. The use of
cleaning product s cont aining hazardous chemicals such
as acids, caust ics, bleaches, disinfect ant s, et c., can be
reduced.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Use Gamazyme BTC daily as a normal t oilet cleaner. Lift
up seat , open t he bot t le and direct nozzle dow nw ards.
Squeeze and direct t he jet t o adequat ely cover t he
surface of t he t oilet bow l. Aft er some minut es scrub
vigorously w it h a t oilet brush and flush w it h w at er.
For removal of w at er scale, uric acid and rust st ains, use
Gamazyme Toilet Descaler. See product dat a sheet .
For heavy soil pipes dose Gamazyme DPC t o init iat e t he
cleaning process and cont inue w it h Gamazyme BTC. See
also product dat a sheet for Gamazyme DPC.
The use of t oilet cleaners cont aining t oxic ingredient s as
acids, disinfect ant s, bleaches, et c., w ill have a
det riment al effect on t he biological act ivit y and should
not be used w it h Gamazyme BTC.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Green liquid
pH, in conc: 9
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
656 589945 Non-ret urnable Plast ic
boxes of
12x1 lit res
plast ic bot t les
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Easy t o use

Biodegradable

Suit able for use in all marine sanit ary and sew age t re-
at ment syst ems

Cleans t oilet s, sinks, show ers, et c.

Digest s faeces, grease, fat , st arch and ot her solid


w ast e mat erials

Removes obnoxious odours from t he sanit ary syst em

It is safe and has no special handling requirement s

Replaces convent ional cleaners pot ent ially harmful t o


t he biological sew age syst em
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Mari ne Mari ne
Chemi cal s Chemi cal s
GAMAZYME TOILET DESCALER
Descal i ng of Toi l et Syst ems
Product Descri pt i on
Gamazyme Toilet Descaler is used for descaling t oilet
bow ls, t oilet syst ems, drains and pipes.
Gamazyme Toilet Descaler is based on w eak acids, bact e-
rial st rains and enzymes formulat ed t o dissolve organic
mat erials, uric acid and scale. It is packed in 50 gram w a-
t er soluble sachet s.
Act s immediat ely due t o it s chemical composit ion.
Secondary act ion due t o it s micro-organisms capable of
digest ing fat , grease and oil found in t oilet s, drains and
pipes. No need for dismant ling of drains and pipes w hen
used eit her on a prevent at ive or on a regular service basis.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Descaling of Toilet Bow l:
1. Add 50 grams (one sachet ) t o each t oilet once a w eek
as a minimum.
2. Let t he sachet st and for one minut e for complet e
dissolut ion.
3. Brush t he bow l and flush w at er int o t he t oilet .
4. Repeat t he t reat ment if necessary.
Descal i ng of Drai n, Pi pes, Toi l et Ci rcui t s
1. To remove scale in drain, pipes and t oilet circuit s add
50 grams (one sachet ) t o each t oilet t w ice a w eek as
a minimum.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light blue pow der
Bact erial Pat hw ays: Aerobic and facult at ive
anaerobic
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.2 / 1.3
pH in 1%:: 1.4
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Avoid aluminium, zinc, t in, and t heir
alloys and galvanised surfaces
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size in kg: Cont ainer
656 743146 5 (100 sachet s Cart on
of 50 grams)
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Biological pow der descaler

Formulat ion based on w eak acids, bact erial st rains and


enzymes

Removes uric acid and deposit s

Descales bot h inorganic and organic mat erial

Immediat e act ion due t o it s chemical composit ion

Digest s fat , grease, and oil in t oilet s, drains and pipes

Descales t oilet bow ls, t oilet syst ems, drain and pipes

Leaves a fresh smell


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
56
Marine
Chemicals
56
Marine
Chemicals
57
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
GAMAZYME BUB BIOLOGICAL URINAL BLOCKS
Gamazyme BUB (Biological Urinal Blocks) is a blend of se-
lect ed bact eria st rains and chemical cleaners, formulat ed
t o reduce odour problems and blockages in urinals and
pipe w ork.
Di rect i ons f or use
By using Gamazyme BUB t he frequency of urinal flushing
can be reduced w it hout danger of scale build-up and
odour problems. Gamazyme BUB is suit able for use in all
t ypes of urinals, st ainless st eel and porcelain t roughs.
Keep cont ainer t ight ly closed w hen not in use.
Dosi ng met hod
For heavily soiled or blocked pipes use Gamazyme TDS
(Toilet Descaler) unt il pipes are clear and cont inue w it h
regular use of Gamazyme BUB. To maint ain clear and
odour free urinal t raps and pipe w ork place 1-2 blocks in
each urinal or 1 every 40-50 cm in t rough urinals. Replace
w hen block has dissolved t o maint ain max. efficiency.
Feat ures

Wat er soluble blocks

Biodegradable

Easy t o use

Cleans and freshens

Removes obnoxious odours and prevent s blocked uri-


nal t raps and pipe w ork

Cont ains odour cont rolling perfume

Can be handled w it hout danger - environment ally safe

Enhance t he biological degradat ion t aking place in se-


w age t reat ment syst ems and collect ing t anks

Non-corrosive t o all met als and synt het ic mat erials


Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Blue solid blocks
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: N/ A
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc: 7
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Coat ings: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size: Cont ainer
656 743153 3kg Plast ic t ube
(150 blocks
of 20g)
656 743161 1,8kg Cart on
(20 blocks
of 90g)
656 743179 1kg Cart on
(12 blocks
of 90g
w / plasct ic screen)
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
58
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
GAMAZYME MSC
Mul t i Surf ace Cl eaner Carpet Deodori ser
Product Descri pt i on
Gamazyme MSC is a unique biologically act ive liquid
formulat ion cont aining specialised bact erial st rains and
biodegradable chemical cleaners.
How i t w orks
On soft surfaces such as carpet , Gamazyme MSC is
formulat ed t o spot clean and deodorise t he surface by
digest ing organic subst ances over t ime.
Three-w ay act ion:

Chemical cleaning act ion by removing solids from


surfaces.

Immediat e odour cont rol by fragrance masking.

Deep cleaning from biological act ion for removal of


residual organic mat t er.
Gamazyme MSC is effect ive in cleaning or removing
organic residues from hard and soft surfaces, such as
urine, dog faeces, food, milk, chocolat e syrup, t omat o
sauce, et c.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Carpet s and uphol st ers, drapes, l aundry:
To remove st ains of food and ot her organic w ast es:
Aft er t aking aw ay t he solids, spray t he carpet w it h
Gamazyme MSC neat , use a w et sponge t o brush, scrub
and humidify t he surface. Let it st and overnight , if pos-
sible, t hen vacuum. The bact erial act ion w ill digest deep
dow n soil and st ains and remove unpleasant odours.
Repeat t he operat ion if necessary.
Hard surf aces:
a) Accommodat ion and general cleaning:
Use from 50 ml up t o 500 ml t o half a bucket of luke
w arm w at er, depending on t he surface t o clean and
t he deposit ion, for cleaning decks, show ers, floors,
sinks, t iled areas, et c.
b) For carpet machine:
To deodorise a large surface use t he product as a
normal carpet cleaner in carpet shampoo equipment
dilut ed 1:10 w it h w at er. For odour cont rol on t hese
surfaces spray dilut ed 1:2 w it h luke w arm w at er. Wait
as long as possible and rinse.
c) Pipe cleaning and deodorising:
A night ly squirt int o galley and bat hroom sinks w ill
keep drain pipes clean and clear of organic residual
w ast es and overcome unpleasant drain odours.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Opaque liquid
pH, in conc: 9
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
656 587618 Non-ret urnable Plast ic
boxes of
12x1 lit res
plast ic bot t les
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Unique liquid biological formulat ion for easy use

Biodegradable

A unique t echnology t o remove odours on surfaces


and specially on carpet s

Replaces harsh cleaners w hich oft en require haz-chem


labelling and may be hazardous t o t he user and t he
environment

Spot cleaning of carpet s, drapes, laundry

Cleans sinks, show ers, decks, t iles and bat hrooms

Removes obnoxious odours from drains and scuppers

It is safe and has no special handling requirement s


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
59
GAMAZYME DPC
Bi ol ogi cal Drai n and Pi pe Cl eaner
Product Descri pt i on
Gamazyme DPC is a concent rat ed biologically act ive
pow der formulat ion cont aining a blend of pat ent ed
bact erial st rains, specifically developed t o deal w it h
sew age w ast es. It is packed as w at er soluble sachet s
(Solupac).
How i t Works
Gamazyme DPC is formulat ed t o degrade excess residual
organic w ast e product s causing blockage, or slow
draining in sinks, show ers, scuppers, drains, et c. The
specialised bact erial st rains and enzymes in Gamazyme
DPC w ill digest grease, fat s, st arch and ot her organic
compounds.
The bact eria in Gamazyme DPC w ill colonise t he w ast e
soil, w hich lines t he pipe w ork syst em, and degrade t he
w ast e all t he w ay dow n t o carbon dioxide and w at er,
unt il t he syst em is clean. On draining t o t he holding t ank
or sew age t reat ment plant , Gamazyme DPC w ill great ly
enhance t he biological act ivit y breaking dow n solids and
removing obnoxious odours w hich can vent back t hrough
t he syst ems.
Di rect i ons of Use and Dosage Rat es
Pi pe Cl eani ng
Maint enance dosing w ill keep sinks, scuppers and w ast e
food disposal unit s clean, clear and odour free.
A liquid solut ion should be prepared by adding one
solupac t o 10 lit res of hand hot (35C) fresh w at er and
left for 15 minut es (st irring periodically) for t he bact eria t o
act ivat e. Init ial doses of 0.5 lit res of t his solut ion should
be applied int o sinks, scuppers, drains, w ast e food
disposal unit s, et c. A maint enance dose once or t w ice a
w eek can t hen be applied t o keep t he pipes in clean
condit ion. Harsh t oxic cleaners (acids, caust ics, disinfec-
t ant s) should not be used as t hese w ill kill off t he bact eri-
al act ion in t he pipes. Before plumbing w ork for pipe mo-
dificat ion or ret rofit s, pipes can be cleaned by
isolat ing t he syst em and filling pipes w it h t he solut ion for
up t o 48 hours before draining. If necessary, furt her
applicat ions should be made unt il drains run clean.
Hol di ng Tanks
Organic w ast es can be kept liquid and pumpable. Tanks
can be cleaned w it hout manual ent ry and w it hout t he use
of harsh t oxic cleaning chemicals.
Prepare a solut ion of one solupac t o t en lit res of hand hot
(35C) fresh w at er and left for 15 minut es (st irring
periodically) before dosing int o t he holding t ank once or
t w ice a w eek. The dose rat es should be approximat ely
one solupac per 1000 lit re w ast e in t he t ank. Tank
cleaning should be carried out using Gamazyme 700FN.
NOTE: Severl y scal ed syst ems shoul d be aci d cl eaned.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Tan, saw dust like pow der in sealed
solupacs
pH, in conc: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size: Cont ainer
656 587055 Non-ret urnable Plast ic
cont ainers. Approx.
4 kg in sealed
0.23 kg solupacs.
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Pow der biological formulat ion for easy use

Biodegradable

Clears pipes and syst ems blocked by organic w ast e


residuals

Eliminat es obnoxious odours from soiled pipe lines

Cleans fouled pipes and syst ems, part icularly long


horizont al runs

Keeps holding t ank organic w ast e liquid pumpable and


odour free

Cost effect ive, saves t he t ime, money and manpow er


of plumbing operat ions t o clear blocked pipe w ork

Overcomes pot ent ial safet y problems associat ed w it h


t he use of t oxic cleaning chemicals
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
60
GAMAZYME 700FN
Bi ol ogi cal Boost er f or Sew age Treat ment Pl ant s
And Syst ems
Product Descri pt i on
Gamazyme 700FN is a concent rat ed biologically act ive
pow der formulat ion cont aining a blend of pat ent ed
bact erial st rains, specifically developed t o deal w it h
sew age w ast es.
How i t Works
Gamazyme 700FN is formulat ed t o degrade excess
residual w ast e product s in shipboard sanit at ion pipe w ork
syst ems, holding t anks and marine sew age t reat ment
plant s. The specialised st rains in Gamazyme 700FN w ill
digest grease, fat s, sew age, st arch and ot her organic
compounds. The degradat ion of paper, prot ein and w ast e
product residuals is great ly increased, and t he odours t hat
t hese produce, are reduced.
The bact eria in Gamazyme 700FN w ill colonise t he w ast e
organic mat erial w hich lines t he pipew ork/ t ank syst em
and degrade t he w ast e unt il t he syst em is clean. The
biological act ivit y in t he marine sew age t reat ment plant is
great ly increased, so t he plant can t hus handle more
w ast e. The obnoxious smells in t oilet areas and scuppers,
normally associat ed w it h overloaded or blocked syst ems,
are reduced.
Di rect i ons of Use and Dose Rat es
Sew age t reat ment plant Direct dosing t o t he sew age
t reat ment plant or via t he nearest t oilet w ill great ly
enhance t he biological act ivit y and keep t he plant at peak
operat ing efficiency.
A) On Shi ps Except Passenger Vessel s
Ineffect ive or sept ic sew age t reat ment can be
react ivat ed and maint ained in peak operat ing efficiency
by dosing Gamazyme 700FN direct in t he t ank or via t he
nearest t oilet . To react ivat e t he plant , 1 kg Gamazyme
700FN should be mixed w it h 10-15 lit res of hand hot
(35C) fresh w at er, left for 10-15 minut es (st irring
periodically) for t he bact eria t o act ivat e before dosing int o
t he t ank daily unt il t he syst em is operat ing efficient ly.
Maint enance dosing of 0.1 - 0.25 kg w eekly w ill keep t he
syst em operat ing effect ively. Replacing t he t oilet cleaner
in use by Gamazyme BTC (biological t oilet cleaner) w ill
dose millions of specialised bact eria int o t he syst em.
These pow erful bact eria w ill digest organic mat erial lining
t he pipes and boost t he bact erial act ivit y in t he sew age
t reat ment plant , keeping it operat ing at peak efficiency.
B) On Passenger Vessel s
The applicat ions is t he same as ment ioned above, but t he
dose rat es are different .
The dose rat e depends on t he number of people on board
t he vessel. As a rule of t humb use 50 grams per m
3
of t he
volume of t he sew age t ank, follow ed a w eekly dosage of
10 gram per m
3
of t he volume of t he sew age t ank.
An example of a cruise vessel w it h a sew age t ank of
100 m
3
and 2500 people and on a t w o w eeks cruise.
What is t he consumpt ion of Gamazyme 700FN?
Init ial dosage: (50 g/ m
3
x 100 m
3
):1000 = 5 kg
Weekly dosage: (10 g/m
3
x 100 m
3
):1000 x 2 weeks = 2 kg
On t his cruise, w ill be used. 7 kg of Gamazyme 700FN
Tank Cl eani ng
Holding t anks can be cleaned periodically or prior t o ent ry
w it hout t he use of dangerous t oxic chemicals.
Grey and black w at er holding t anks, sew age t anks,
sew age t reat ment plant should be flooded and pumped
empt y t o clear excess soil before cleaning. Holding t anks
must be fit t ed w it h an air manifold connect ed t o a low
pressure air line of sufficient volume t o gent ly t urn t he
mass of w at er w it hin t he t ank. In sew age t reat ment
t anks t he normal air supply w ill suffice. The t ank should
be filled t o 75% capacit y w it h fresh or sea w at er and t he
air supply t urned on. Approximat ely 0.5 kg of Gamazyme
700FN in 5 t o 10 lit res of fresh hand hot (35C) w at er
should be mixed and left for 10-15 minut es before
dosing int o t he t ank. Dosing can be eit her direct or via t he
nearest t oilet . The t ank should t hen be filled and left w it h
t he air on for at least 48 hours. The dose rat e should be
approximat ely 0.5 kg per 500 lit res t ank capacit y w it h a
minimum dose of 5 kg. Alt hough Gamazyme 700FN is
formulat ed for use in cold (15C minimum) sea w at er,
performance w ill improve w it h lukew arm (35C) fresh
w at er or sea w at er.
Pi pe cl eani ng
Maint enance dosing w ill keep galley and sew age pipes
clean and clear of organic residual w ast es.
A liquid solut ion should be prepared by mixing of 0.5 kg of
Gamazyme 700FN in 15-20 lit res of hand hot (35C) fresh
w at er. St ir it and, if possible, leave for 15 minut es t o
react ivat e t he bact eria. Whilst const ant ly agit at ing t his
solut ion, 1 lit re should be dosed int o sinks, scuppers,
show ers, drains, w ast e disposal unit s, et c. each evening
unt il t he blockage is cleared. A maint enance dose once or
t w ice a w eek can t hen be applied t o keep t he pipes in
clean condit ion. Harsh t oxic cleaners (acids, caust ics,
disinfect ant s) should not be used as t hese w ill kill off t he
bact erial act ion in t he pipes. Alt ernat ively, t he pipes
should be isolat ed and filled w it h t he solut ion and left for
up t o 48 hours before draining. If necessary, furt her
applicat ions should be made unt il drains run clear.
See also next page
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
61
NOTE: Severl y scal ed syst ems shoul d be aci d cl eaned.
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Pow der formulat ion for easy use

Biodegradable

React ivat es biological act ivit y in syst ems w hich have


been rendered inact ive by overloading, w ashout or use
of aggressive cleaning product s

Eliminat es t he odours associat ed w it h sanit ary


syst ems w hich are overloaded or blocked

Cleans sew age holding t anks w it hout t he need for


manual ent ry

Clears pipes and syst ems blocked by organic w ast e


mat t er

Clears organic mat erials in slow draining pipes and


scuppers

Rest art s sept ic sew age t reat ment plant .

Keeps complet e sanit ary syst ems in opt imum operat i-


onal condit ion

Eliminat es t he need for hazardous chemicals

Cost -effect ive, saves t ime, money and manpow er


Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Tan brow n, saw dust like.
pH, in conc: N/ A
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
656 571711 Non-ret urnable Plast ic
cont ainers
cont aining 12 kg.
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
62
GAMAZYME DIGESTOR
Drai n and Pul per Cl eaner
Product Descri pt i on
Gamazyme Digest or is a pat ent ed formulat ion cont aining
a synerget ic blend of highly specialised bact eria. The mix
of micro-organisms in t his product increases organic
degradat ion performance.
Ut ilising act ive enzymes t o eat t hrough biological and
organic w ast e product s, Gamazyme Digest or is a safe
and non-corrosive product used t o rest ore flow in drains
w here grease accumulat ion is a problem.
Gamazyme Digest or s biochemical formulat ion is
designed t o provide except ional performance in clogged
drain lines, grease t raps and floor drains. It rest ores slow
running drains and reduces odours due t o organic
build-up.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
1. Drai n Cl eaner
Use 500 ml of Gamazyme Digest or per 5 cm drain
diamet er t o rest ore flow in drains and t o keep t hem
free flow ing. Repeat t he operat ion if necessary.
Use regularly, once a day or several t imes a w eek t o
maint ain drains free of grease.
2. Cl eani ng of Pul pers
Flush t he w hole syst em at t he end of t he day including
pulpers, pipes, et c. w it h w arm w at er (maximum 60C)
and Gamazyme Digest or.
Dose t he product undilut ed in t he economiser t ank by
using a dosing pump. Use a dosage rat e of approximat ely
2 lit re per m
3
w at er.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Green liquid
Bact erial Pat hw ays: Aerobic and facult at ive anaerobic
ODOUR: Herbal/ Lemon
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C(59F): 1.0
ACTIVE TEMP. RANGE: 10 t o 60C (50 t o 140F)
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
656 624015 20 Bag in a box
(Cruise)
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Wat er based biological drain cleaner for slow running


drains

Pat ent ed, environment ally friendly bioenzymat ic


formulat ion designed t o rest ore flow in drain syst ems
cont aining greasy deposit s

Result s in increased bact erial act ivit y in a variet y of


organic w ast es

Environment ally friendly

Free of harsh chemical compounds normally associa-


t ed w it h acid and caust ic drain openers

Provides penet rat ion, breakdow n and degradat ion of


organic drain line deposit s and blockages

Ideal for applicat ions subject t o aerobic and anaerobic


environment s
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
63
Bi ol ogi cal i n-dept h f l oor cl eaner f or f at el i mi nat i on
i n gal l ey areas
Product descri pt i on
A t echnologically advanced Floor Care product t hat provi-
des deep and effect ive cleaning t hrough microbial act ivi-
t y. Gamazyme FC is based on pat ent ed fat t y acid degra-
ding bact eria st rains and biodegradable surfact ant s.
Regularly use of Gamazyme FC provides improved safet y
and hygiene in galley areas.
How i t w orks
Gamazyme FC is a unique floor care product t hat degra-
des and eliminat es accumulat ed grease and ot her organic
mat erials. Pat ent ed fat t y acid degrading bact eria st rains
produce enzymes specific for t he breakdow n of t he har-
der t o degrade fat t y acid component s of oils and fat s
used in galley area. Excellent cleaning propert ies elimina-
t e grease from floor surfaces result ing in reduced slippa-
ge and improved safet . Ingredient s in Gamazyme FC
enable it t o penet rat e and clean embedded residual orga-
nics left in pores, cracks, corners, crevices and microsco-
pic pores in floor surfaces. Regularly use of Gamazyme FC
w ill eliminat e odours t hat at t ract insect s; t he residual or-
ganics t hat t hey feed on w ill be eliminat ed.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Gamazyme FC can be used for cleaning hard and soft
floor surfaces as w ell as porous mat erials.
Mix 50 - 100 ml t o half a bucket of hand hot -w at er, de-
pending on t he surface and amount of deposit s t o clean.
Use a mop or sponge t o clean t he surface and let st and.
No rinsing required. Spray cleaner et c. can be used for
removal of embedded residual organics left in cracks, cor-
ners et c.
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons
Excellent in-dept h cleaning propert ies
Reduced slippage and improved safet y condit ions in
galley area
Penet rat es porous floor surfaces t o degrade accumu-
lat ed grease and ot her organic mat erials
Cont ains specialized pat ent ed bact erial st rains forming
enzymes t hat break dow n fat t y acid component s of
grease
Eliminat es odours t hat at t ract insect s; t he residual
organics t hat feed t hem are eliminat ed
Friendly bact erial st rains replace pat hogenic bact eria
for improved hygiene
Result s in a fresher smelling galley area
Safe t o use on all surfaces
Environment ally friendly
BIO-ENZYMATIC CLEANING
CLEANING THAT DOESNT STOP WHEN YOU PUT AWAY
THE MOP
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Blue liquid
pH, in conc.: 7.5-9.0
Densit y, in g/ cm3 at 15C: 1.0
Flash Point , (PMCC) in C: N/ A
Compat ibilit y:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. (in lit res) Cont ainer
656 659391 5 Plast ic
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
GAMAZYME FC
Marine
Chemicals
64
Soi l ext ract i on cl eaner f or carpet s
Product descri pt i on
Carpet Cleaner is a soil ext ract ion cleaner for use on a
w ide range of carpet s. Low foaming w it h a unique
surfact ant syst em t hat leaves no residue t hat cont ribut es
t o resoiling.
How i t w orks
Carpet Cleaner is designed for use w it h carpet cleaning
machines t hat force t he cleaner int o t he carpet and
quickly vacuum it out again. As t he exposure of soils t o
t he cleaner last only a few seconds, select ed surfact ant s
w ill easily emulsify and remove t he soils t hrough t he
ext ract or vacuum pick up process.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
For use w it h carpet cleaning machines dose rat es should
be 2%-5% depending on t he quant it y of soil.
To clean and deodorize carpet s of organic residues such
as urine, dog faeces, t omat o sauce, chocolat e et c., spot
cleaning w it h Gamazyme MSC is recommended before
t reat ment w it h Carpet Cleaner.
Feat ures, and benef i t s,
- Compat ible w it h all know n carpet cleaning machines
- Low foaming det ergent s
- Leaves no st icky residue t hat cont ribut es t o resoiling
- Biodegradable
- Safe t o use, no special handling requirement s
- Free of colorant s
- Leaves a fresh odor
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Yellow w hit e liquid
pH, in conc: 9-10
Densit y, in g/ cm3 at 15C: 1.0
Flash Point , (PMCC) in C: N/ A
Compat ibilit y:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. (in lit res) Cont ainer
651 659409 Non-ret urnable Plast ic
boxes of
12x1 lit res
plast ic bot t les
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
CARPET CLEANER
Marine
Chemicals
65
DEFOAMER CONCENTRATE
Ant i f oam
Product Descri pt i on
Defoamer Concent rat e is a non- silicone based w at er
dispersible, liquid defoamer. It cont rols foaming in sew a-
ge and w ast e w at er syst ems, and it is st able in
alkaline condit ions.
Defoamer Concent rat e can be used t o remove foam in
w at er based syst ems and collect ing t anks in vacuum
t oilet syst ems.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Effect ive dosage w ill vary depending on foam origin,
st abilit y and t he area of defoamer applicat ion. Trials are
alw ays t he best w ay t o det ermine defoaming capabilit ies
and efficiency.
Typical dosage is 10-30 ml/ t onne, but proper dosage rat e
t o be det ermind by sit e t est ing.
The recommended dosing met hod for sew age syst ems is
t o premix 1 part of Defoamer Concent rat e w it h 5 part s of
fresh w at er and pump t his int o t he EVAC eject or t ank. The
dosing is done about 1/ 2 hour before t op load.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Yellow brow n liquid
ODOUR: Slight odour
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C(59F): 0.83
pH in dilut ion: Neut ral
FLASH POINT (CC): 85C (125F)
SHELF LIFE: 3 years
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res): Cont ainer
659 624314 20 Bag in a box
(Cruise)
651 661843 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Non- silicone defoamer

St able in alkaline condit ions

Can be used in sew age and w ast e w at er syst ems

Out st anding for all at mospheric, pressurised and


cont inuous w ast e equipment

Excellent t o cont rol foaming and remove foam w hen


necessary

Approved by ZENON Environment al Inc. for use in


membrane bio react or syst ems
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
66
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
BILGE WATER FLOCCULANT
Treat ment of Oi l y Bi l ge Wat er
Product descri pt i on
Bilge Wat er Flocculant is a very effect ive liquid t reat ment
based on Poly Aluminium Chloride (PAC) t o separat e oil
residues from bilge w at er. It is iron-free, and is complet e-
ly safe t o t he environment .
Appl i cat i ons
Int ernat ional environment al regulat ions set st rict limit s on
t he oil cont ent in effluent w at er from ships. To meet
t hese regulat ions, a combinat ion of mechanical and
chemical cleaning is necessary. Bilge Wat er Flocculant is
used in combinat ion w it h mult ist age bilge w at er cleaning
syst ems t hat include mechanical separat ion of free oil,
emulsion breaking, flocculat ion and filt rat ion. Aft er
dosing, Bilge Wat er Flocculant breaks t he oil-in-w at er
emulsion creat ed by cont aminant s in lubricat ing and fuel
oils, emulsifying cleaning agent s et c. It t hen dest abilises
t he remaining small oil droplet s and agglomerat es t hem
int o larger part icles (flocs) t hat are easily collect ed by
filt ering.
The efficiency of flocculant s is normally st rongly
dependent upon t he w at er pH. Bilge Wat er Flocculant is
recognised as being effect ive in a w ide pH range, from
5.5 t o 9.5. The opt imum pH range is 7.0-9.5, w hich is t he
t ypical range for bilge w at er. This means t hat addit ional
adjust ment of t he pH, w it h acids or alkalis, is unnecessary.
Bilge Wat er Flocculant is also an excellent product for t he
removal of residual organic mat t er in sew age. Typical
dosage is 70 t o 150 ml/ t onne of sew age.
Di rect i ons f or use and dose rat es
Typical dose rat e: 100 - 500 ppm (0.1 - 0.5 lit re/ m
3
of
w at er)
In a mult ist age bilge w at er cleaning syst em, Bilge Wat er
Flocculant is fed undilut ed t hrough a dosage pump
connect ed t o t he pressure side of t he oil descaler. The
floc t ank is fed according t o t he flow of t he bilge w at er
pumped int o it . The feed is adjust ed in connect ion w it h
t he inst allat ion and normally needs no alt erat ion. If
required, dosing can also be cont rolled by measuring t he
level in t he cont ainer.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Clear liquid
BULK WEIGHT: 1.3 kg/ l
pH at 20C: 1.3
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Corrosive t o cast iron as concent rat e.
Non-corrosive t o all met als at use
concent rat ion.
Rubber: No known effect
Synt het ic rubber: No known effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res): Cont ainer
651 690669 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Cost -effect ive bilge w at er t reat ment based on special-


ly select ed Poly Aluminium Chloride

Iron-free. Complet ely safe t o t he environment

Act s by bot h breaking t he oil-in-w at er emulsion and by


building flocs

Helps t o meet environment al regulat ions on oil


cont ent . Discharged w at er cont ains normally less t han
3 ppm oil

Remaining oil sludge can be burned onboard or


pumped ashore-cont ains very lit t le w at er

Low dosage, economical use

Effect ive over an ext ended pH-range. Eliminat es t he


use of pH- st abilising chemicals

Approved by manufact urers of bilge w at er cleaning


syst ems
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
67
REEFER CLEANER
Cl eani ng of Ref ri gerat ed Rooms
Product Descri pt i on
Reefer Cleaner is a combinat ion of a highly effect ive
alkaline cleaners and disinfect ant in one product . It
removes fat , grease and general dirt , leaving a clean
surface, free from bact eria and ot her micro-organisms.
Cont ains no chlorine, phenols or heavy met als.
Reefer Cleaner is used for cleaning and disinfect ion of
reefer cargo holds and st orage spaces, deep freezers,
galleys and ot her food areas. Effect ive against viruses,
bact eria, algae, fungi and ot her micro-organisms.
Reefer Cleaner cleans and disinfect s effect ively even in
t he presence of large quant it ies of organic mat erials such
as blood and prot eins.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dosage Rat es
For general purpose cleaning dut ies use Reefer Cleaner in
1-5% solut ion w it h fresh w at er. Apply solut ion by spray,
brush, sponge or rag t o t he surface t o be cleaned.
For cleaning large surface areas such as reefer cargo
holds, use Reefer Cleaner in 1-10% solut ion w it h fresh
w at er. Apply solut ion by low pressure spray ont o t he
soiled surfaces, and follow by a rinse w it h a high pressure
fresh w at er spray or jet .
A final rinse w it h a 1% solut ion of Reefer Cleaner in fresh
w at er, applied by low pressure spray, w ill give t he surface
a t emporary prot ect ion against new grow t h of
micro-organisms.
Reefer Cleaner can be applied on vert ical surfaces
by adding Foam-Agent (Product no. 651 614537) for
increased resident t ime.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY in g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.03
pH in conc.: 12.5
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Cont ainer
651 623983 20 Bag in a box
(Cruise)
651 661827 25 Plast ic
651 765107 1 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Wat er based alkaline cleaner and disinfect ant

Biodegradable

High t olerance in hard w at er

Does not build up any resist ance

Cleans and disinfect s in one operat ion

Removes bad odours

Effect ive against bot h gram negat ive and gram


posit ive bact erias, fungi, mould, algae and mildew

Safe t o use on all t ypes of surfaces including alumi-


nium and plast ic

Approved by The Norw egian Direct orat e of Fisheries


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
68
MUD & SILT REMOVER
Bal l ast Tank Mud Li f t er
Product Descri pt i on
Mud & Silt Remover is a liquid compound. It keeps mud in
suspension and cleans fouled syst ems complet ely.
Appl i cat i ons
Mud & Silt Remover removes sediment s, silt and mud
from ballast t anks, cooling w at er syst ems, pipelines, et c.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Mud & Silt Remover should be inject ed in small quant it ies
int o t he ballast or cooling w at er of t he syst em t o be
t reat ed, prior t o filling t he t anks or t he syst em. Heavy
deposit s may require several t reat ment s.
If product is regular dosed each t ime t anks are ballast ed,
a maint enance dosage of 2.5 Lt r/ 100 t onnes of ballast
w at er is recommended.
To clean heavy accumulat ion a dose rat e of 10 Lt r Mud &
Silt Remover per 100 t onnes of ballast w at er is
recommended.
Inject Mud & Silt Remover preferably int o t he suct ion line
of t he ballast or cooling w at er pump, t o ensure t horough
mixing w it h t he incoming w at er. If possible, circulat e t he
w at er t hrough t he t anks and t he suspended mud and silt
w ill be pumped out w hen deballast ing.
Caut i on!
Spillages of Mud & Silt Remover should be avoided, as
floors, decks, et c. w ill become very slippery. Clean as
soon as possible.
NOTE: SHELF LIFE - 24 MONTHS FROM PRODUCTION
Product Propert i es
Appearance Whit e viscous liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
FLASH POINT, PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, conc. at 20C: 7-8
Shelf life: 24 mont h from product ion
Compat ibilit y:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res): Cont ainer
652 635326 25 Plast ic
652 661702 210 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

No acids, alkali or solvent

Biodegradable

Non-t oxic

Non-flamable

Keeps mud in suspension and cleans fouled syst ems

Removes sediment s, silt and mud from ballast t anks,


cooling w at er syst ems, pipelines, et c.

Inject in small quant it ies int o t he ballast or cooling


w at er syst em t o be cleaned

Effect ive and economical in use


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
69
PENETRON PLUS
Penet ron Pl us
Product Descri pt i on
Penet ron Plus is a fast act ing liquid compound cont aining
special oils and solvent s t hat penet rat e iron oxides and
loosens carbon deposit s.
Appl i cat i ons
Penet ron Plus loosens corroded part s as nut s, bolt s, et c.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Penet ron Plus can be applied by brush, spray, spout from
can or used in a soak t ank.
For nut s, bolt s and ot her corroded part s a few drops of
Penet ron Plus on t he t hread and nut is usually sufficient t o
free a seized t hread.
Small rust y and soiled part s can be immersed in a t ank, t o
remove rust scale and soiling i.e. grease, t ar and oils.
Use a brush or spray t o prepare larger machinery part s for
dismant ling, t o free nut s and bolt s and clean part s.
For prot ect ion against rust , brush or spray a coat ing over
part s t o be prot ect ed.
Alw ays use Penet ron Plus undilut ed.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Clear red liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 0.8
FLASH POINT, PMCC) in C: Above 61
pH, conc. at 20C: N/ A
Compat ibilit y:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: Do not use w it h nat ural rubber compounds
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res): Cont ainer
651 575506 0,5 Can
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Liquid oil based product

Low -t oxic, emit s no t oxic fumes or vapours

Fast act ing penet rat ion of rust y seized up part s

Avoids cut t ing or burning off bolt s from engines or


machinery

Keeps t ools clean and rust free

Dismant ling of assemblies seized up from rust and


soiling

Cleaning of rust y and soiled met al part s

Prot ect ion of machinery part s and t ools


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
70
ZINC COAT CONDITIONER
Cl eaner For Zi nc Based Tank Coat i ngs
Product Descri pt i on
Zinc Coat Condit ioner is a clear organic liquid based on
acet at es.
Appl i cat i ons
Zinc Coat Condit ioner cleans and upgrades coat ed
cargo t anks t hat have cont ained leaded gasoline, carbon
t et rachloride, met hylene chloride or virgin napht ha.
It is a cost effect ive w ay t o remove lead, chloride, zinc,
salt s and iron sulphit e from t he pores of zinc silicat e and
epoxy coat ings.
Di rect i on of Use and Dose Rat es
Zinc Coat Cleaner can be used neat on t he surfaces t o be
cleaned if t he normal cleaning procedures have failed t o
remove met allic salt s from t he micro pores of t he t ank
coat ing leaving t he cargo t ank unaccept able for t he next
cargo.
It is recommended t o est ablish t he average penet rat ion
t ime of Zinc Coat Condit ioner carrying out some t est s on
small areas.
Spray Met hod
1. Apply 1 lit re Zinc Coat Condit ioner per 3-5 m
2
of t ank
surface.
2. Leave for about 15-45 minut es penet rat ion t ime.
3. Wash dow n w it h fresh w at er and check t he result .
4. Repeat t he procedure if necessary.
Reci rcul at i on met hod
1. A w ashing solut ion of max. 10% Zinc Coat Condit ioner
w it h fresh w at er should be prepared in a mixing t ank.
2. The cleaning solut ion should be heat ed up t o max.
45C.
3. Using t ank cleaning machine t he solut ion should be
recirculat ed up t o 45 minut es.
4. Rinse w it h freshw at er and check t he result .
5. Repeat cleaning procedure if necessary.
Zink Coat Conditioner has been evaluated by the BLG
Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution
Hazards of Chemicals (ESPH) and found to meet the re-
quirements of paragraph 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II
and is consolidated into annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Clear liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
FLASH POINT, PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, conc. at 20C: 5.5
Compat ibilit y:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res): Cont ainer
652 661801 25 Plast ic
652 625558 210 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Organic based liquid cleaner

Biodegradable

Free from hydrocarbon solvent s

Removal of w hit e deposit s (met allic salt s) from t ank


coat ings

Can clean and upgrade coat ed cargo t anks aft er


leaded gasoline, carbon t et rachloride, met hylene chlo-
ride and virgin napht ha

Cost effect ive in use

IMO approved and list ed in Annex 10 of t he MEPC.2/


Circular
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
71
NOTES
Marine
Chemicals
72
NOTES
Water
Treatment
Marine
Chemicals
73
WATER TREATMENT
Probl em and sol ut i on summary
Problem Solution Product(s)
Boi l er w at er Treat ment
Scale deposit s in auxiliary or low pressure Condit ion hardness salt s for blow dow n. Combi t reat
boilers causing reduced efficiency. Maint ain correct alkalinit y for scale and Li qui t reat
corrosion cont rol Aut ot reat
Corrosion in low pressure boilers as a result Increase alkalinit y t o neut ralise Combi t reat
of high boiler w at er acid levels (low alkalinit y). acids, precipit at e salt s and Li qui t reat
corrosion cont rol Aut ot reat
Scale deposit s in boilers of all pressures Condit ion hardness salt s for blow dow n. Hardness Cont rol ,
Efficiency reduced by scale deposit s caused Maint ain opt imum pH, alkalinit y and Al kal i ni t y Cont rol
by excess of hardness salt s. Result s: scale phosphat e levels for scale and corrosion
reduced efficiency. cont rol.
Corrosion in boilers as a result of dissolved Remove dissolved oxygen Oxygen Cont rol Cat
oxygen. Sulphite L (CSL) Oxygen
Scavenger Pl us
Corrosion in feedw at er and condensat e Increase and maint ain condensat e pH t o Condensat e
syst ems as a result of dissolved CO
2
. neut ralise acids by using a volat ile amine. Cont rol
Sludge deposit s in boiler syst ems, causing Use sludge condit ioner t o prevent t he Boi l er
reduced flow and inefficient heat t ransfer. format ion of adherent deposit s. Coagul ant
Oil cont aminat ion of boilers, st eam Coagulat e oil for removal by blow dow n. Boi l er
syst ems and feedw at er. (As a t emporary measure, increase alkalinit y). Coagul ant
Cool i ng w at er Treat ment
Corrosion in closed circuit cooling or heat ing Passivat e met al surfaces and maint ain Di esel guard NB
syst ems - e.g.diesel engines. st able pH t o prevent damage t o t he syst em Rocor NB Li qui d
Corrosion in closed circuit cooling syst ems Prot ect t he met al surface w hile Cool t reat AL
w it h Aluminium component s maint aining low Alkalinit y
Bact erial cont aminat ion in cooling w at er Kill bact eria Mar-71
syst em
Sea w at er Treat ment
Sea w at er int akes and sea w at er syst ems Inject dispersant int o seachest t o det er Bi oguard
blocked by mussels and barnacles. biological cont aminat ion.
Corrosion in sea w at er lines, bilges and Condit ion met al surfaces t o inhibit Bi oguard
ballast t anks. corrosion.
Evaporat or Treat ment
Scale deposit s in sea w at er evaporat ors, Prevent cryst al grow t h and scale Vapt reat
causing rest rict ion of w at er flow, reduced formulat ion. Mul t i Vap
heat t ransfer efficiency, low er out put , risk
of foaming, carry over and cont aminat ion
of condensat e.
Pot abl e Wat er Treat ment
Corrosion in pot able w at er syst em, Corrosion prevent ion. Pot abl e Wat er
"Red w at er" St abi l i ser
Marine
Chemicals
74
COMBITREAT
Boi l er Wat er Condi t i oner f or Low Pressure Boi l ers
(Up t o 16 Bar)
Product Descri pt i on
Combit reat is a dry pow der cont aining alkalinit y builders,
phosphat es and sludge condit ioners.
Di rect i ons f or Use
The main at t ribut es of Combit reat fall int o t he follow ing
cat egories:
Cont rol of alkalinit y:
The correct level of alkalinit y ensures t hat opt imum
condit ions exist for:
Precipit at ion of hardness salt s in conjunct ion w it h
phosphat e.
Neut ralisat ion of acidic condit ions.
Avoidance of caust ic corrosion.
Cont rol of magnesium and calcium salt s.
Cont rol of hardness: Combit reat provides a phosphat e
reserve t o effect ively react w it h and precipit at e t he
hardness salt s int roduced w it h t he feedw at er.
Condit ioning of sludge: Boiler sludge can only be removed
by blow dow n if it is free flow ing, Combit reat w ill ensure
t his by prevent ing t he sludge from adhering t o met al
surfaces. The result ing sludge is composed of small
part icles flow ing t ow ards t he bot t om of t he boiler.
Dosi ng Met hods
Combit reat is best dosed by means of a bypass pot
feeder direct ly int o t he boiler feed line.
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
A represent at ive sample of boiler w at er should be draw n
for analysis daily. The sample should alw ays be t aken
from t he same point aft er blow dow n, cooled and t est ed
immediat ely. Follow t he Spect rapak Test Kit inst ruct ions
and log t he result s on t he log sheet s provided by Unit or.
These log sheet s should be sent t o Unit or's Rapid
Response cent re for review and comment s. It is
import ant t hat regular t est ing is carried out t o ensure t hat
t reat ment levels are correct .
Product Dosage and Cont rol Li mi t s
Init ial dosage for an unt reat ed syst em is 400 grams
Combit reat / 1000 lit res of boiler capacit y. This w ill bring
t he t reat ment up t o a suit able level of 200 ppm
p-Alkalinit y.
The dosage chart given below is for convenience in
calculat ing t he amount of Combit reat required t o bring
t he level t o t he point bet w een t he minimum and
maximum (mid point : 200 ppm. p. Alkalinit y.)
P-Alkalinit y (as ppm CaCO3) 0 50 100 150 200 225 300 350 400
Dosage of Combit reat 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0 0 blow dow n
Kg/ 1000L
Our recommended cont rol limit s are:
p-Alkalinit y: 100-300 ppm CaCO
3
Chlorides: 200 ppm
Cl max. Condensat e pH 8.3-9.0
These are recommended values based on experience,
and are in no w ay int ended t o replace t he boiler
manufact urers specificat ions, or company regulat ions.
Excessive chlorides are removed by blow dow n.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Tan pow der
pH (0.3 w t %): 10
COMPABILITY:
Met al: Avoid aluminium, zinc, t in and t heir alloys
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
655 571265 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Combined condit ioning t reat ment for simplified dosing


and handling

Suit able for use w it h all auxiliary boilers; w ast e heat


unit s; economisers; package boilers; smoke and w at er
t ube boilers, up t o 16 bar pressure

Boiler kept at peak level efficiency

Heat ing surfaces maint ained at opt imum t hermal


condit ions

Dispersant act ion suspends sludge and sediment


part icles

Approved by t he Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of t he


Public Healt h for t he use in syst em w here st eam is
used for drinking w at er product ion
Addi t i onal Inf ormat i on

Wilhelmsen Ships Service st rongly recommends t he


use of Condensat e Cont rol in conjunct ion w it h
Combit reat . Condensat e Cont rol is a volat ile amine
t hat neut ralizes carbonic acid in t he condensat e ret urn

To minimize oxygen corrosion, Wilhelmsen Ships


Service recommends t he use of an oxygen scavenger
and t o maint ain t he t emperat ure of t he hot w ell at a
minimum of 80C
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
75
LIQUITREAT
Li qui d Boi l er Wat er Condi t i oner f or Boi l ers up t o
30 Bar Pressure
Product Descri pt i on
Liquit reat is a liquid blend of alkaline compounds, scale
and corrosion inhibit ors, oxygen scavengers and sludge
condit ioners.
Di rect i ons f or Use
The main at t ribut es of Liquit reat fall int o t he follow ing
cat egories:
Cont rol of alkalinit y: The correct level of alkalinit y ensures
t hat opt imum condit ions exist for:
Precipit at ion of hardness salt s in conjunct ion w it h
phosphat e.
Neut ralisat ion of acid condit ions. Avoidance of caust ic
corrosion. Cont rol of magnesium and calcium salt s.
Cont rol of hardness: Liquit reat provides a phosphat e
reserve t o effect ively react w it h and precipit at e t he
hardness salt s int roduced w it h t he feedw at er.
Condit ioning of sludge: Boiler sludge can only be removed
by blow dow n if it is free flow ing. Liquit reat w ill ensure t his
by prevent ing t he sludge from adhering t o met al surfaces.
The result ing sludge is composed of small part icles
flow ing t ow ards t he bot t om of t he boiler.
Cont rol of oxygen: Oxygen scavenging becomes more
import ant w it h t he increase in boiler pressure. The
oxygen scavenger w ill effect ively react w it h dissolved
oxygen even at low er t emperat ures.
Dosi ng Met hods
Liquit reat is best fed int o t he boiler feed line by means of
by-pass pot feeder. The amount required for dosage can
be obt ained from t he dosage chart . Consult your
Wilhelmsen Ships Service represent at ive for specific
dosing inst ruct ions. Liquit reat can also be fed using
Unit or's BWT dosing syst em.
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
A represent at ive sample of boiler w at er should be draw n
for analysis daily. The sample should alw ays be t aken from
t he same point aft er blow dow n, cooled and t est ed imme-
diat ely. Follow t he Spect rapak t est kit inst ruct ions and log
t he result s on t he log sheet s provided by Wilhelmsen
Ships Service. These log sheet s should be sent t o
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid Response cent re for
review and comment s. It is import ant t hat regular t est ing
is carried out t o ensure levels of t reat ment are correct .
Product Dosage and Cont rol Li mi t s
Init ial dosage for an unt reat ed syst em is 2.4 lit res of
Liquit reat / 1000 lit res of boiler capacit y. This w ill bring t he
t reat ment up t o a suit able level of 200 ppm
p-Alkalinit y. The dosage chart given below is for
convenience in calculat ing t he amount required t o bring
t he level t o t he mid point bet w een t he minimum and
maximum (mid point 200 ppm. p-Alkalinit y.)
P-Alkalinit y (as ppm CaCO3) 0 50 100 150 200 225 300 350 400
Dosage of Liquit reat 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.6 0 0 0 Blow dow n
lt rs/ 1000
Our recommended cont rol limit s are:
p-Alkalinit y: 100-300 ppm CaCO3.
Chlorides: 200 ppm Cl max.
Condensat e pH 8.3-9.0.
These are recommended values based on experience,
and are in no w ay int ended t o replace t he boiler
manufact urers specificat ions, or company regulat ions.
Excessive chlorides are removed by blow dow n.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Colourless liquid
DENSITY, g/ ml at 15C: 1.1
pH: 13-14
COMPABILITY:
Met al: Avoid aluminium, zinc galvanised st eel.
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
655 571273 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Liquid condit ioning t reat ment for simplified dosing and


handling

Suit able for use w it h auxiliary boilers; w ast e heat unit s

Smoke or w at er t ube boilers; up t o 30 bar pressure

Boiler kept at peak level efficiency

Heat ing surfaces are maint ained at opt imum t hermal


condit ions

Dispersant act ion suspends sludge and sediment


part icles for efficient blow dow n

Oxygen scavenging for opt imum prot ect ion

Approved by t he Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of t he


Public Healt h for t he use in syst em w here st eam is
used for drinking w at er product ion
Addi t i onal Inf ormat i on

Unit or st rongly recommends t he use of Condensat e


Cont rol in conjunct ion w it h Liquit reat . Condensat e
Cont rol is a volat ile amine t hat neut ralizes carbonic
acid in t he condensat e ret urn

For opt imum prot ect ion against oxygen corrosion, w e


recommend t o maint ain a minimum t emperat ure of
80C in t he hot w ell

This product is formulat ed for use in conjunct ion w it h


good qualit y feed w at er
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
76
AUTOTREAT
Boi l er Wat er Condi t i oner f or Boi l ers up t o 30 Bar
Pressure
Product Descri pt i on
Aut ot reat is an advanced liquid boiler w at er t reat ment
chemical, formulat ed w it h alkaline compounds, scale and
corrosion inhibit ors, volat ile amines for prot ect ion of
condensat e syst em, and sludge condit ioner.
The product combines w ell know n phospat e t reat ment
w it h new polymer t echnology. This ensures t hat precipit a-
t es are kept soft and nonadherent for easy removal by
blow dow n.
Dosi ng Met hod
The product should preferably be dosed cont inuously
w it h a Unit or Boiler Wat er Treat ment Dosing Unit .
Alt ernat ively t he product can be fed int o t he feed line by
means of a by-pass pot feeder.
Dosage
Init ial dose for an unt reat ed syst em is 2.4 lit res of
Aut ot reat per t on boiler capacit y. This w ill bring t he
t reat ment up t o a suit able level of about 200 ppm
p-Alkalinit y. The provided dosing chart is convenient for
calculat ion of t he amount of chemical required.
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
A represent at ive sample of boiler w at er should be draw n
for analysis daily. The sample should alw ays be t aken
from t he same point aft er Blow dow n, cooled and t est ed
immediat ely.
Follow t he Spect rapack t est kit inst ruct ions and log t he
result s on t he log sheet s provided by Wilhelmsen Ships
Service. These sheet s should be sent t o Wilhelmsen
Ships Service Rapid Response cent re for review and
comment s. It is import ant t hat regular t est ing is carried
out , t o ensure correct level of t reat ment is maint ained.
Product Dosage and Cont rol Li mi t s
Init ial dosage for an unt reat ed syst em is 2.4 lit res of
Aut ot reat / t on of boiler capacit y. This w ill bring t he t reat -
ment up t o a suit able level of 200 ppm p-Alkalinit y. The do-
sage chart given below is for convenience in
calculat ing t he amount required t o bring t he level t o t he
mid point bet w een t he minimum and maximum
(mid point 200 ppm. p-Alkalinit y.)
P-Alkalinit y (as ppm CaCO3) 0 50 100 150 200 225 300 350 400
Dosage of Aut ot reat 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.6 0 0 0 Blow dow n
lt rs/ 1000
Our recommended cont rol limit s are:
p-Alkalinit y: 100-300 ppm CaCO3.
Chlorides: 200 ppm Cl max.
Condensat e pH 8.3-9.0.
These are recommended values based on experience,
and are in no w ay int ended t o replace t he boiler
manufact urers specificat ions, or company regulat ions.
Excessive chlorides are removed by blow dow n.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY: 1.1
pH: 13-14
COMPABILITY:
Met al: Avoid aluminium, zinc and galvanised st eel.
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
655 698720 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Liquid boiler w at er t reat ment chemical for simplified


dosing and handling

Suit able for all boilers, up t o 30 Bar pressure

Prevent s scaling and corrosion, increasing syst em life


and reliabilit y

Cont ains volat ile amines t o neut ralise acids occurring


in condensat e syst em

Dispersant act ion suspends sludge and sediment


part icles for efficient removal by blow dow n

Ideal for use w it h Unit or's Boiler Wat er Management


Syst em, suit able for dosing w it h Unit or Boiler Wat er
Treat ment Dosing Unit

Keeps boiler t ube surfaces clean, promot ing t he best


heat t ransfer condit ions

Simple t est ing t o det ermine t reat ment level


Addi t i onal Inf ormat i on

The product should alw ays be used in conjunct ion


w it h an oxygen scavenger, Oxygen Scavenger Plus is
recommended

This product is formulat ed for use in conjunct ion w it h


good qualit y feed w at er
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
77
CAT SULPHITE L (CSL)
Oxygen Scavenger
Product Descri pt i on
CSL is a sodium sulphit e based product in ready t o use
liquid form. The cat alyst ensures rapid eliminat ion of
oxygen in t he boiler syst em. CSL should be used in
conjunct ion w it h ot her Unit or boiler w at er t reat ment pro-
duct s.
Oxygen is highly corrosive in t he boiler syst em, even in
small amount s. Elevat ed t emperat ure operat ion of t he
hot w ell is a good pract ice t o remove gases like oxygen.
Even so, t he feed w at er cont ains oxygen w hich can
creat e severe corrosion, show n as deep and local pit t ing.
This w ill quickly cause failure of t he boiler met al. CSL
react s w it h oxygen t o form inert sodium sulphat e, t hus
prevent ing oxygen at t ack.
Dosage
The quant it y of CSL required depends on t he operat ion of
t he boiler syst em. As a guide 10 ppm sulphit e is required
t o react w it h 1 ppm oxygen.
A reserve of 20 t o 50 ppm sulphit e is t o be maint ained in
t he boiler w at er, det ermined by regular t est ing.
A normal dosage is approximat ely 1 lt r per day, depending
on syst em layout .
Dosi ng Met hod
For opt imal result s CSL should be dosed cont inuously by
means of a met ering pump int o t he feed line, aft er t he
recirculat ion valve. CSL can be fed using Unit or's BWT
dosing syst em. Slug dosing int o t he hot w ell as w ell as
low hot w ell t emperat ures w ill st rongly reduce t he
efficiency of t his t reat ment .
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
A represent at ive sample of boiler w at er should be draw n
for analysis daily. Samples should be t aken aft er
blow dow n, cooled and t est ed immediat ely. Samples
should alw ays be t aken from t he same locat ion. The
result s should be recorded on t he log sheet s provided by
Wilhelmsen Ships Service. These logs should be sent t o
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid Response cent er for
review and comment s. It is import ant t hat regular
t est ing is carried out t o ensure t hat t reat ment levels are
maint ained w it hin correct chemical limit s.
Sul phi t e Test Ki t
Product no: 661 574913
Range: 0 - 50 mg/ l Na
2
SO
3
Test Procedure
Take a sample of t he w at er under t est in t he sample
cont ainer, filling t o t he 50 ml mark. Add t w o Sulphit e No.
1 t ablet s, st opper t he cont ainer and sw irl gent ly t o
disint egrat e t ablet s.
Then add one Sulphit e No. 2 t ablet and sw irl t he
cont ainer gent ly unt il t he t ablet disint egrat es. Cont inue
adding Sulphit e No. 2 t ablet s in t his manner one at a t ime
unt il a blue colour appears.
Not e t he number of No. 2 t ablet s used. Mult iply t he
number of No. 2 t ablet s used by 4 and subt ract 2 from t he
result . This gives t he Sulphit e concent rat ion in t he w at er
expressed as mg/ l Na
2
SO
3
.
This calculat ion is represent ed by t he formula below :
For a 50 ml sample
Sulphit e (as Na
2
SO
3
) = (No. of No. 2 t ablet s x 4) - 2
Not e t hat t he Sulphit e No.1 t ablet s are t o condit ion t he
sample only. Do not include t hese t ablet s in t he
calculat ion of sulphit e level.
Cleaning: Thoroughly rinse out sample cont ainer aft er use.
The t est result s indicat e t he level of t reat ment in t he
boiler. If levels are incorrect , t he t reat ment w ill have t o be
adjust ed accordingly, w it h more frequent t est ing unt il a
st eady st at e is reached. It is import ant t hat regular
t est ing is carried out t o ensure levels of t reat ment are
correct .
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Pale Pink Liquid
pH:(10 w t %) 4
SPESIFIC GRAVITY 1.3
COMPABILITY:
Met al: May corrode met al
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
655 575662 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Concent rat ed liquid product

Prot ect s t he boiler from oxygen corrosion

Cat alysed product for very rapid act ion

React s at low t emperat ure

Will assist mechanical deaerat ion

Simple cont rol t est

Should be used in conjunct ion w it h ot her Unit or


t reat ement s

CSL should be dosed seperat ely from ot her boiler


w at er t reat ment s
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
78
OXYGEN SCAVENGER PLUS
Cat al ysed Deha Sol ut i on f or Oxygen Scavengi ng i n
Boi l ers
Product Descri pt i on
Oxygen Scavenger Plus is a cat alysed liquid solut ion of di-
et hylhydroxylamine (DEHA). It s volat ile propert ies ensure
dist ribut ion t hroughout t he boiler and condensat e syst em,
and hence prot ect s against oxygen corrosion in all part s
of t he syst em. The product also provides t he required
condit ions for t he est ablishment of a passivat ing layer of
magnet it e on all inner surfaces. Oxygen Scavenger Plus is
a low t oxicit y product , suit able for high, medium and low
pressure boiler syst ems.
Di rect i ons f or Use
This product is formulat ed for use in conjunct ion w it h
Wilhelmsen Ships Service co-ordinat ed or combined t reat -
ment programmet .
Oxygen Scavenger Plus can be used in any boiler syst em,
and in conjunct ion w it h mechanical deaerat ion syst ems.
Removal of dissolved oxygen is vit al for prevent ion of cor-
rosion and especially pit t ing corrosion in boilers. When
dosed int o a boiler syst em, Oxygen Scavenger Plus w ill
react w it h dissolved oxygen and form non corrosive com-
pounds. The product is volat ile, and left over product from
oxygen scavenging in t he pre-boiler sect ion w ill evapora-
t e and assist prot ect ion of t he st eam and condensat e
syst em. No solid mat erials are produced w hen using
Oxygen Scavenger Plus.
Dosage
Dosing should be cont rolled so t hat t he DEHA residual in
t he condensat e is bet w een 0,08-0,30 ppm. The
consumpt ion w ill depend on feed w at er t emperat ure and
t he amount of w at er fed int o t he boiler. For more
informat ion about init ial dosage and dose rat e please
consult your nearest Cust omer Services.
Dosi ng Met hod
Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends cont inuously int o
t he boiler feed line using t he Boiler Wat er Treat ment
Dosing Unit .
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
A represent at ive sample of Condensat e should be draw n
for analysis daily. The sample should alw ays be t aken
from t he same sampling point , cooled and t est ed
immediat ely.
Follow t he Spect rapack 313 t est kit inst ruct ions and log
t he result s on t he logs provided by Wilhelmsen Ships
Service. It is import ant t hat regular t est ing is carried out ,
t o ensure t he correct level of t reat ment is maint ained.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Light yellow Liquid
pH: 10.5
DENSITY: 1.0
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res)
655 698712 25
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Fast act ing, liquid oxygen scavenger

Safe and easy t o use, low t oxicit y

Reduces corrosion of iron and copper, increasing


syst em life and reliabilit y

Neut ralises acids occurring in condensat e syst em

Volat ile product , provides dist ribut ion and prot ect ion
t hroughout t he boiler syst em, economical in use

Ideal for use w it h t he Unit or Boiler Wat er


Management Syst em, suit able for use in conjunct ion
w it h Wilhelmsen Ships Service combined and co-ordi-
nat ed t reat ment programmes

Organic product , no dissolved solids added

Simple t est t o det ermine t reat ment level


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Oxygen Scavenger Pl us Dosi ng Chart
DEHA t est result in condensat e, (ppm)
0-0.14 0.04-0.08 0.08-0.12 0.12-0.16 0.16-0.20 0.20-0.25 0.25-0.30 0.30-0.35 0.35-0.40 0.40+
Increase dose Sat isfact ory, maint ain daily dose rat e Decrease dose
by 25 % by 25 %
Marine
Chemicals
79
Hardness Cont rol Dosage - Grams/t on
Pressure Phosphat e t est result in p.p.m PO
4
St andard Init ial
Range Range dose
0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50+ gram/ t onne
0-40 Bar 23 11.5 Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Blow dow n 20-50 23
0-588 Psi 23 11.5 Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Blow dow n 20-50 23
41-60 Bar 17 5.5 Sat isfact ory Blow dow n Blow dow n Blow dow n 15-30 17
603-880 Psi 17 5.5 Sat isfact ory Blow dow n Blow dow n Blow dow n 15-30 17
> 60 Bar Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Blow dow n Blow dow n Blow dow n 10-25 17
> 880 Psi Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Blow dow n Blow dow n Blow dow n 10-25 17
These are recommended values based on experience and are in no w ay int ended t o replace t he boiler manufact urer's
specificat ions or company regulat ions.
HARDNESS CONTROL
Phosphat e Treat ment f or Boi l er Wat er
Product Descri pt i on
Hardness Cont rol is a highly soluble, dry pow der product
used for t he reduct ion of hardness in boilers. It w ill
precipit at e calcium hardness as a non-adherent sludge.
Di rect i ons f or Use
Hardness Cont rol is part of t he Wilhelmsen Ships Service
co-ordinat ed t reat ment programme. It is formulat ed t o
form a precipit at e w it h calcium ions w hich w ill not adhere
t o met al surfaces but are in a form suit able for blow dow n.
Dosage
Hardness Cont rol is used in cont rolled amount s so t hat a
free phosphat e level is maint ained in t he boiler. This level
is det ermined by t he boiler pressure (see t able for normal
levels). Init ial dosage is dependent on t he qualit y of feed
w at er. To raise t he phosphat e level during normal
operat ion, dose 23 grams per t on of dist illed w at er t o
raise t he phosphat e level by 20 ppm P0
4
.
Dosi ng Met hod
For opt imum result s dose Hardness Cont rol direct t o t he
boiler via t he bypass pot -feeder. The dry pow der should
be dissolved in hot w at er (50C) at a rat io of 1 part
pow der t o t w ent y part s condensat e (e.g. 500 grams/ 10
lit res). Ensure t hat t reat ment is fully dissolved before
dosing.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Whit e pow der
pH, (1 w t %): Nat ural
COMPABILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
655 571299 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Highly act ive phosphat e based compound


Economical

Easily dissolved in w at er for dosing

Scale problems due t o calcium are eliminat ed

Maint ains sludge in a non-adherent st at e for removal


by blow dow n

Simple t est t o det ermine level of t reat ment

Can be used for boilers of all pressures

Unit or Hardness Cont rol does not influence t he


alkalinit y in t he syst em

Approved by t he Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of t he


Public Healt h for t he use in syst em w here st eam is
used for drinking w at er product ion
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
80
ALKALINITY CONTROL
Al kal i ni t y Cont rol - Dosage - ml /t on
Pressure p-Alkalinit y t est result ppm CaCO
3
St andard Init ial Dose
Range Range millilit res/
0-60 60-90 90-100 100-110 110-120 120-150 150+ p.Alkalinit y Tonne
0-30 Bar 225 110 70 Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Blow 100-150 280
0-441 Psi No Dose No Dose No Dose Dow n
31-40 Bar 190 80 60 Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Blow Blow 100-130 260
456-588 Psi No Dose No Dose Dow n Dow n
41-60 Bar 170 80 60 Sat isfact ory Sat isfact ory Blow Blow 100-120 235
603-882 Psi No Dose No Dose Dow n Dow n
225 ml Alkalinit y Cont rol per t on w ill raise t he p.Alkalinit y by 100 ppm. Proper t reat ment should normally give a pH
bet w een 9.5 and 11. These are recommended values based on experience and are in no w ay int ended t o replace t he
boiler manufact urer's specificat ions or company regulat ions.
Concent rat ed Li qui d Al kal i ni t y Boi l er Wat er
Treat ment
Product Descri pt i on
Concent rat ed liquid alkaline product for corrosion and scale
cont rol in boilers.
Di rect i ons f or Use
This t reat ment is part of Wilhelmsen Ships Service Co-
ordinat ed Treat ment Programme. Alkalinit y Cont rol provides
t he alkaline condit ions for Hardness Cont rol t o funct ion
correct ly.
Wit hout t he correct precipit at ion and subsequent blow dow n
of hardness salt s, scale w ill form. This w ill result in rest rict ion
in w at er flow, ineffect ive heat t ransfer and local corrosion.
The end effect w ould be an inefficient boiler and ult imat ely
component failure.
Alkalinit y Cont rol also provides t he alkaline condit ions
required for corrosion cont rol, by neut ralisat ion of acidic gases.
Dosage
A proper level of t reat ment is maint ained by t est ing for
p-Alkalinit y. The level is det ermined by t he pressure and t ype
of boiler. Refer t o t he dosage t ables overleaf for correct dose
rat es. The normal met hod of raising t he alkalinit y level is by
adding t he required quant it y of Alkalinit y Cont rol aft er t est ing
for p-Alkalinit y. 225 ml/ t on will raise t he p-Alkalinit y by 100 ppm.
Dosi ng Met hod
For opt imum result s dose Alkalinit y Cont rol direct t o t he boiler
w it h a Boiler Wat er Treat ment Dosing Unit , or via a bypass
pot -feeder inst alled in t he boiler feed line.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Colourless liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.3
pH (1 Vol %): 13
COMPABILITY:
Met al: Corrosive t o aluminium, magnesium, zinc and t in.
Rubber: No know n effect .
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
655 571307 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Convenient liquid t reat ment w hich provides t he basic


alkalinit y on w hich successful w at er t reat ment depends

Maint ains alkalinit y w it hin opt imum limit s

Provides opt imum condit ions for hardness cont rol t o funct ion

Assist s in precipit at ion and blowdown of magnesium and cal-


cium salt s

Neut ralises acid condit ions

Allows efficiency t o be maint ained, and reduces maint enance.

Can be used w it h most t reat ment chemicals, in conjunct i-


on w it h a coordinat ed t reat ment programme

Will assist in keeping silica in suspension

Simple t est t o det ermine level of t reat ment

Can be used in boilers of all pressures

Can be used as a neut raliser aft er acid cleaning operat ions


in different syst ems

Approved by t he Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of t he Public


Healt h for t he use as neut raliser aft er acid cleaning
operat ions in fresh w at er generat ors
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng t hi s
product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
hazards fromimproper use of the goods described herein.
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
A represent at ive sample of boiler w at er should be draw n for
analysis daily. The sample should alw ays be t aken from t he
same point aft er blow dow n, cooled and t est ed immediat ely.
Follow t he Spect rapak Test Kit inst ruct ions and log t he result s
on t he log sheet s provided by Wilhelmsen Ships Service.
These log sheet s should be sent t o Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Rapid Response cent er for review and comment s. It is
import ant t hat regular t est ing is carried out t o ensure levels of
t reat ment are correct .
USING THE TABLE: Select t he sect ion corresponding t o
t he pressure of t he boiler t o be t reat ed and read across t he
t able t o obt ain t he level of t reat ment required.
Marine
Chemicals
81
OXYGEN CONTROL
Hydrazi ne Sol ut i on f or Oxygen Scavengi ng i n
Boi l ers
Product Descri pt i on
Oxygen Cont rol is a cat alysed liquid hydrazine oxygen
scavenger for boiler and st eam line corrosion prot ect ion. As
an addit ional benefit it w ill assist t o neut ralise dissolved
carbon dioxide. It provides t he required condit ions for t he
est ablishment of a passivat ing layer (magnet it e) in t he boiler
and condensat e syst em.
Di rect i ons f or Use
This product is used in conjunct ion w it h Wilhelmsen Ships
Service co-ordinat ed t reat ment programme and Wilhelmsen
Ships Service combined t reat ment programmes.
Oxygen Cont rol can be used in all boiler syst ems, from low t o
high pressures and in conjunct ion w it h mechanical deaerat ion
syst ems.
The t reat ment combines w it h dissolved oxygen t o form w at er
and inert nit rogen gas, t hus effect ively removing O
2
from t he
w at er. No solid mat erials are produced, so t here is no
cont ribut ion t o t he increase in t ot al dissolved solids -a crit ical
fact or in high pressure boilers. The removal of dissolved
oxygen is vit al for prevent ing oxygen pit t ing and corrosion in
boilers. Oxygen Cont rol react s w it h ferrous and non-ferrous
oxides t o prevent general corrosion.Ferric oxide (red rust ,
Fe
2
O
3
) is convert ed t o magnet it e (black iron oxide, Fe
3
O
4
),
w hich is a t ough corrosion resist ant oxide w hich seals t he
met al surface. The t erm for t his is 'passivat ing' t he surfaces,
so t hat t hey are prot ect ed from furt her corrosion.
Dosage
The object ive is t o maint ain a hydrazine residual bet w een
0.05-0.2 ppm depending on operat ing pressure and boiler de-
sign. Act ual consumpt ion is det ermined under operat ing con-
dit ions. A normal dosage is approximat ely 1 lt r. per day,
depending of syst em layout .
Dosi ng Met hod
For opt imum prot ect ion, Oxygen Cont rol should be fed
cont inuously int o t he boiler feed line, aft er t he feed pump
recirculat ing valve, using Unit or's BWT dosing syst ems.
For st eam t urbine syst ems, Oxygen Cont rol can be dosed int o
t he cross over bet w een t he H.P. and L.P. t urbines or t he
st orage sect ion of t he deaerat or for full prot ect ion.
Oxygen Cont rol dosage paramet ers f or di st i l l ed w at er
Pressure Hydrazine t est result in p.p.m St andard PPM
Range 0-0.05 0.05-0.10 0.10-0.15 0.15-0.2 0.2+ Hydrazine
0-40 bar Increase Increase Sat isfact ory Decrease 0.1-0.2
0-588 Psi Dosage Dosage Maint ain Daily Dosage
by 25% by 25% Dose Rat e by 25%
41-60 bar Increase Increase Sat isfact ory Decrease Decrease 0.1-0.15
603-882 Dosage Dosage Maint ain Daily Dosage Dosage
Psi by 25% by 25% Dose Rat e by 25% by 25%
> 60 bar Increase Sat isfact ory Decrease Decrease Decrease 0.05-0.10
< 897 Psi Dosage Maint ain Daily Dosage Dosage Dosage
by 25% Dose Rat e by 25% by 25%
These are recommended valves based on experience and are in no w ay int ended t o replace t he boiler maufact urer's
specificat ions or company regulat ions. When w et lay-up of t he boiler is required t hen a minimum dosage of 1.25
lit res/ t onne is required. Refer t o Unit or's Wat er Treat ment Handbook or cont act Unit or for det ails.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Colourless liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
pH, (1 vol%): 9
COMPABILITY:
Met al: Avoid copper, brass, aluminium
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
655 571315 25 Plast ic
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
A represent at ive sample of boiler w at er should be draw n for
analysis daily. The sample should alw ays be t aken from t he
same point aft er blow dow n, cooled and t est ed immediat ely.
Follow t he Spect rapak Test Kit inst ruct ions and log t he
result s on t he log sheet s provided by Wilhelmsen Ships
Service. These log sheet s should be sent t o Wilhelmsen Ships
Service Rapid Response cent er for review and comment s.
It is import ant t hat regular t est ing is carried out t o ensure le-
vels of t reat ment are correct .
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Oxygen Cont rol is a liquid product , easy t o feed

Does not cont ribut e t o conduct ivit y

Prot ect s boiler, st eam lines, condensat e lines and feed


w at er lines from corrosion

Fast act ion due t o cat alyst

Assist s mechanical deaerat ion

Simple t est t o det ermine level of t reat ment

Oxygen cont rol can be used t o condit ion t he w at er used


for laying up t he boiler in a w et condit ion. Refer t o Unit or's
Wat er Treat ment Handbook or cont act Wilhelmsen Ships
Service for det ails
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng t hi s
product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
hazards fromimproper use of the goods described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
82
CONDENSATE CONTROL
Li qui d Condensat e Corrosi on Cont rol f or Boi l er
Syst ems
Product Descri pt i on
Concent rat ed liquid neut ralising agent for corrosion
cont rol in condensat e and feed w at er syst ems.
Di rect i ons f or Use
Condensat e Cont rol is a blend of volat ile liquid amines
w it h differing liquid/ st eam dist ribut ions rat ios t hat neut ra-
lise t he acid cont aminant s in condensat e and feed w at er
t hus providing prot ect ion against acid corrosion in t he
complet e syst em.
This product is used in conjuct ion w it h Wilhelmsen Ships
Service co-ordinat ed t reat ment programme and
Wilhelmsen Ships Service combined t reat ment progams.
The most common cause of acid corrosion in condensat e
and feed w at er syst ems is dissolved carbon dioxide.
Condensat e Cont rol neut ralises t his acid and maint ains
t he condensat e and feedw at er in an alkaline condit ion
Dosage and Cont rol
The condensat e is t est ed for pH t o det ermine t he dosage
level. The pH limit s are 8.3-9.0.
For an average syst em e.g. 10 m
3
, t he dosage is
approximat ely 0.65 lt r/ day
Dosi ng Met hod
Condensat e Cont rol is best dosed cont inously using a
Unit or Boiler Wat er Treat ment Dosing Unit . The t reat ment
can be dosed t oget her w it h Oxygen Cont rol.
Sui t abl e dosage poi nt s are:

Boiler feed line aft er recirculat ing valve

Condensat e pump discharge


Condensat e Cont rol can be fed using Unit or's BWT dosing
syst ems. Consult your Unit or represent at ive for specific
dosing inst ruct ions.
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
A represent at ive sample of condensat e should be draw n
for analysis daily. The sample should alw ays be t aken
from t he same point , cooled and t est ed immediat ely.
Condensat e Cont rol dosage paramet ers
Condensate pH from testing
Less t han 8.3 St andard Over 9.0 St andard
8.3-9.0 range 0.10-0.15 pH Range
Increase Dosage Sat isfact ory Decrease Dosage
All Boiler groups By 25% for 72 hours Maint ain By 25% for 72 hours 8.3-9.0
and Ret est Dosage and Ret est
These are recommended values based on experience and are in no w ay int ended t o replace t he boiler manufact urer's
specificat ions or company regulat ions.
Follow t he Spect rapak t est kit inst ruct ions and log t he
result s on t he log sheet s provided by Wilhelmsen Ships
Service. These log sheet s should be sent t o Wilhelmsen
Ships Service Rapid Response cent er for review and com-
ment s. It is import ant t hat regular t est ing is carried out t o
ensure levels of t reat ment are correct . Use dosage chart
t o maint ain condensat e pH bet w een 8.3-9.0.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Colorless liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
pH (1 Vol%) 10
COMPABILITY:
Met al: Avoid copper, brass, aluminium
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
655 571323 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Easy t o use liquid t reat ment

Neutralises the acids occurring in the condensate system

Less maint enance required. Low er operat ing cost s


and increased reliabilit y

Volat ilizes and carries over w it h t he st eam and so is


recycled. Dosage is economical and efficient

Simple t est t o det ermine level of t reat ment

Used for prot ect ion of condensat e and feed w at er


syst ems in boiler syst ems of all pressures.
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
83
BOILER COAGULANT
Boi l er Wat er Sl udge Condi t i oner
Product Descri pt i on
Liquid sludge condit ioner designed t o prevent deposit s.
Di rect i ons f or Use
Boiler Coagulant prevent s t he format ion of deposit s on
boiler int ernal surfaces. Sludge is kept dispersed in small
part icles and condit ioned t o be removed by normal
blow dow n. In t his w ay t ube overheat ing due t o deposit s
is avoided.
The t reat ment is primarily used in conjunct ion w it h
Hardness Cont rol, but also w it h ot her Unit or chemical
t reat ment s.
Boiler Coagulant can also be used w here minor oil
cont aminat ion has been experienced, t he oil being
required t o be coagulat ed for removal by blow dow n.
How ever, it must be not ed t hat if oil cont aminat ion is
cont inuous and excessive, off-line cleaning w ill be re-
quired. The source of oil cont aminat ion must be st opped
immediat ely.
Dosage
The init ial dosage is 20 ml of t reat ment daily for every t on
of boiler capacit y. Daily bot t om blow dow n is required
w hen using Boiler Coagulant .
Dosi ng Met hod
For opt imum result s dose Boiler Coagulant direct ly t o t he
boiler via t he bypass pot -feeder. Boiler Coagulant is
compat ible w it h any Boiler Wat er Treat ment and dosing
can be combined.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Amber liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.2
pH (neat ) 9
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
655 571331 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Liquid product , easy t o feed

Prevent s t he format ion of adherent deposit s and


sludges in boilers

Keeps sludge dispersed for efficient removal by


blow dow n

Keeps boilers clean and ext ends boiler operat ional


t ime bet w een cleaning

Used in conjunct ion w it h Wilhelmsen Ships Service


Chemical service st andard range of boiler w at er
t reat ment s

Used t o coagulat e small amount s of oil w hich have


cont aminat ed t he boiler w at er
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
84
POTABLE WATER STABILISER
Treat ment of Pot abl e Wat er Syst ems
Product Descri pt i on
Pot able Wat er St abiliser is a concent rat ed, highly soluble
polyphosphat e in pow der form.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Pot able Wat er St abiliser effect ively and economically
provides scale and corrosion cont rol in pot able w at er
syst ems and ot her shipboard once-t hrough w at er
syst ems.
Dosage varies bet w een 4-8 mg/ lt r for ordinary w at er
t reat ment . For drinking w at er, dosage should alw ays be
kept at or below 9 mg/ l (9 g/ t on).
The pow der product should not be dosed direct ly int o t he
w at er syst em. A w at er solut ion should be made prior t o
dosing.
Make a 5% solut ion in fresh w at er by adding t he pow der
slow ly t o t he w at er w hile st irring. The solut ion should
preferably be port ioned t o maint ain t he desired dosage,
eit her by means of a simple bypass feeder, or w it h Unit or
Dosing Syst em for Wat er Treat ment .
The product can be inject ed int o t he discharge lines of t he
fresh w at er generat or or direct ly int o t he fresh w at er
pumps suct ion manifold. If a high percent age of shore
w at er is used t he solut ion must be slug dosed int o t he
t anks prior t o t aking w at er.
Inject t he 5% solut ion at a rat e of 0.12 lit res per m
3
of
w at er t o obt ain a 6 mg/ L concent rat ion.
Exampl es
For 20 m
3
per day: Dose 0.1 lit res/ hour =
2.4 lit res/ day of t he solut ion.
For 100 m
3
per day: Dose 0.5 lit res/ hour =
12 lit res/ day of t he solut ion
For larger syst ems, st ronger solut ions up t o 20% can be
made. The dosage rat e may t hen be reduced
proport ionally, w hich w ill ext end t he t ime period bet w een
each filling of t he dosing t ank. How ever, product ion of
st ronger solut ions may require improved st irring
equipment .
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Whit e pow der
pH in 10% solut ion: Neut ral
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
659 624916 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Prevent s Red Wat er in pot able w at er syst ems

Provides scale and corrosion cont rol in hot w at er


heat ers, coolers and w at er t anks

Cont rols corrosion in pipelines and ot her equipment


handling soft ened or evaporat ed w at er

Effect ive at t emperat ures up t o 60C (140F)

Increases syst em life and reduces maint enance cost s

Approved by Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of Public


Healt h as an addit ive t o drinking w at er. Approved by
NSF according t o St andard 60

No rest rict ions on use of t he t reat ed w at er as


feed w at er t o boilers or engine cooling syst ems
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
85
DIESELGUARD NB
Cool i ng Wat er Corrosi on Inhi bi t or
Product Descri pt i on
A dry pow der, nit rit e/ borat e based compound w it h organic
corrosion inhibit ors for use in cooling w at er syst ems.
Di rect i ons f or Use
Dieselguard NB is a highly effect ive corrosion inhibit or for t he
common ferrous and non-ferrous met als in cooling w at er
syst ems.
The st able oxide film t hat result s from t reat ment prevent s
corrosion caused by elect rolyt ic act ion bet w een dissimilar
met als used in t he syst em.
Dieselguard NB has been field t est ed and found t o have no
det riment al effect s on non met allic subst ances such as seals,
glands, packing, hoses, gasket s et c., normally used in t hese
syst ems.
The compound is alkaline and so w ill suppress acid
corrosion, w hich w ould ot herw ise result in corrosion
damage such as pit t ing. How ever, t he alkalinit y cont rol is
such, t hat , even if t he product is accident ally overdosed t he
pH of t he w at er w ill remain w it hin limit s. The met als w hich
w ould be affect ed by ext remes of alkalinit y or acidit y are
prot ect ed.
In cases w here syst ems are cont aminat ed w it h oil and/ or
scale t hey should be cleaned before st art ing t o apply
Dieselguard NB. There are suit able Unit or product s t o
carry out t he cleaning. Degreasing should be carried out using
Seaclean Plus and descaling by using Descalex.
The use of ant ifreeze is somet imes required if t he vessel is t o
be laid up in cold areas, Dieselguard NB can be used in
conjunct ion w it h ant ifreeze product s.
If t he syst em cont ains galvanized part s, it is advisory t o clean
t he syst em w it h Descalex or Descaling Liquid prior t o
commencing t he t reat ment .
Caut i on: Thi s product shoul d not be used i n syst ems
cont ai ni ng al umi ni um part s i n cool i ng w at er spaces!
Dosi ng Met hod
Dieselguard NB should be dosed int o a suit able point in t he
cooling w at er syst em, aft er it has been t horoughly mixed w it h
w at er.
If t he expansion t ank is used t hen adequat e circulat ion must
be assured.
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
The Spect rapak Test Kit provides t he necessary equipment t o
carry out t he cont rol t est s.
Obt ain a represent at ive sample of t he cooling w at er. Carry out
t he t est s immediat ely aft er sampling (follow ing t he
inst ruct ions given in t he Test Kit ) and log t he result s on t he log
sheet s provided by Wilhelmsen Ships Service. These log she-
et s should be ret urned t o t he Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid
Response Cent er for review.
Use t he dosage chart overleaf t o adjust t reat ment t o obt ain
t he opt imum level. It is import ant t hat t est ing is carried out at
least once per w eek, t o ensure levels of t reat ment are
correct .
Dosi ng and Cont rol
Init ial dosage for an unt reat ed syst em is 2 kg/ 1000 lit res of
unt reat ed dist illed w at er. This w ill bring t he t reat ment up t o
t he minimum level of 1000 ppm.
The dosage chart given below is for convenience in
calculat ing t he amount of Dieselguard required t o bring t he
t reament level t o t he suit able point bet w een t he minimum
and maximum - t his being 1440 ppm nit rit e.
Normal nit rit e limit s: 1000-2400 ppm nit rit e (NO
2
)
Aft er a short period of use t he operat or w ill be able t o easily
det ermine t he dosage required t o maint ain a proper
t reat ment level.
Nit rit e (as PPM NO2) 0 180 360 540 720 900 1080 1260 1440 1620 - 2400
Dieselguard NB 2.88 2.52 2.16 1.80 1.44 1.08 0.72 0.36 0 0
Kg/ 1000L
N.B. Buffering agent s in Dieselguard NB maint ain pH values
w it hin suit able limit s w hen t he product is dosed as recom-
mended.
The pH should be maint ained bet w een 8.3 and 10.0 by t he
t reat ment .
The engine manufact urer's recommendat ions for w at er
qualit y should alw ays be complied w it h. Chloride levels should
be as low as possible. Most engine manufact urers
recommend a maximum of 50 ppm chlorides.
For t his reason, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends t o
use dist illed w at er as make-up.
Dieselguard NB is very w at er soluble. One kilogram of
Dieselguard NB should be dissolved in 10 lit res of hot w at er
before adding it t o t he syst em.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Off w hit e pow der
pH (0.2 WT%) 9
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: Zinc and aluminium react s w it h
solut ions of Dieselguard NB
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
653 571349 25 St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

By creat ing an oxide film on t he met al surfaces, elect roly-


t ic corrosion is prevent ed

Effect ive against cavit at ion and erosion

Compat ible w it h non-met als such as hoses, gasket s and


seals

Approved by numerous engine manufact urers

Compat ible w it h glycol used for frost prot ect ion

Simple cont rol t est s

The product can be used for corrosion inhibit ion in many


t ypes of closed recirculat ion syst ems such as:
- Diesel engine cooling w at er syst ems.
- Compressor cooling w at er syst ems.
- Cent ralised cooling syst ems.
- Hot w at er heat ing syst ems.
- Auxiliary machinery cooling syst ems.

Approved by t he Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of Public


Healt h for t he use in syst ems w here cooling w at er is used
for heat ing purpose in evaporat ors
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng t hi s
product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
86
ROCOR NB LIQUID
Li qui d Cool i ng Wat er Corrosi on Inhi bi t or
Product Descri pt i on
Rocor NB Liquid is a liquid, nit rit e/ borat e based compound
w it h organic corrosion inhibit ors for use in closed cooling
w at er syst ems.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Rocor NB Liquid is a highly effect ive corrosion inhibit or for t he
common ferrous and non-ferrous met als in cooling w at er
syst ems.
The st able oxide film t hat is formed prevent s corrosion caused
by elect rolyt ic act ion bet w een dissimilar met als used in t he
syst em.
Rocor NB Liquid has been field t est ed and found t o have no
det riment al effect s on non met allic subst ances such as seals,
glands, packing, hoses, gasket s et c., normally used in t hese
syst ems.
The compound is alkaline and so w ill suppress acid corrosion,
w hich w ould ot herw ise result in corrosion damage such as
pit t ing. How ever, t he alkalinit y cont rol is such t hat even if t he
product is accident ally overdosed, t he pH of t he w at er w ill
remain w it hin limit s. The met als w hich w ould be affect ed by
ext remes of alkalinit y or acidit y are prot ect ed.
In cases w here syst ems are cont aminat ed w it h oil and/ or
scale t hey should be cleaned before st art ing t o apply Rocor
NB Liquid. There are suit able Unit or product s t o carry out t he
cleaning. Degreasing should be carried out using Seaclean
Plus and descaling by using Descalex. Refer t o Wat er
Treat ment handbook.
The use of ant ifreeze is somet imes required if t he vessel is t o
be laid up in cold areas and so Rocor NB Liquid can be used in
conjunct ion w it h ant ifreeze product s.
If t he syst em cont ains galvanized part s, it is advisory t o clean
t he syst em w it h Descalex prior t o commencing t he
t reat ment .
Caut i on: Thi s product shoul d not be used i n syst ems
cont ai ni ng al umi ni um part s i n cool i ng w at er spaces!
Dosi ng Met hod
Rocor NB Liquid should be dosed t o a suit able point in t he
syst em. If t he expansion t ank is used t hen adequat e
circulat ion must be assured.
Sampl i ng and Test i ng
The Spect rapak Test Kit provides t he necessary equipment t o
carry out t he cont rol t est s.
Obt ain a represent at ive sample of t he cooling w at er. Carry out
t he t est s immediat ely aft er sampling (follow ing t he
inst ruct ions given in t he Test Kit ) and log t he result s on t he log
sheet s provided by Wilhelmsen Ships Service. These log-
sheet s should be ret urned t o t he Rapid Response Cent er for
review.
Use t he dosage chart overleaf t o adjust t he t reat ment t o
obt ain t he opt imum level. It is import ant t hat at least w eekly
t est ing is carried out t o ensure levels of t reat ment are correct .
For Furt her Dosage and Cont rol Li mi t s See Overl eaf.
Dosi ng and Cont rol
Init ial dosage for an unt reat ed syst em is 9 lit res of Rocor NB
Liquid/ 1000 lit res of unt reat ed dist illed w at er. This w ill bring
t he t reat ment up t o t he minimum level of 1000 ppm nit rit e.
The dosage chart given below is for convenience in
calculat ing t he amount of Rocor NB Liquid required t o bring
t he t reat ment level t o t he suit able point bet w een t he
minimum and maximum - t his being 1440 ppm nit rit e.
Normal nit rit e limit s: 1000-2400 ppm nit rit e (NO
2
)
Nit rit e (as PPM NO
2
) 0 180 360 540 720 900 1080 1260 1440 - 2400
Rocor NB 13.0 11.3 9.7 8.1 6.5 4.9 3.3 1.7 0
L/ 1000L
N.B.Buffering agent s in Rocor NB Liquid maint ain pH values
w it hin suit able limit s w hen t he product is dosed as
recommended. Normal pH should be maint ained bet w een 8.3
and 10 by t he t reat ment .
The engine manufact urer's recommendat ions for w at er
qualit y should alw ays be complied w it h. Chloride levels should
alw ays be as low as possible. Most engine manufact urers
recommend a maximum of 50 ppm chlorides.
For t his reason, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends t he
use of dist illed w at er as make-up.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Red liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
pH (1 Vol%) 9
Compat ibilit y:
Met al: Avoid cont act w it h zinc and aluminium
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
653 571356 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Liquid product , easy t o use

By forming an oxide film on t he met al surfaces elect rolyt ic


corrosion is prevent ed

Effect ive against cavit at ion and erosion

Compat ible w it h hoses, gasket s and seals

Compat ible w it h glycol used for frost prot ect ion

Simple cont rol t est s

The product can be used for corrosion inhibit ion in many


t ypes of closed recirculat ion syst em such as: - Diesel
engine cooling w at er syst ems. - Compressor cooling
w at er syst ems. - Cent ralised cooling syst ems. - Hot w at er
heat ing syst ems. - Auxiliary machinery cooling syst ems.

Approved by all major engine manufact urers

Approved by t he Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of Public


Healt h for t he use in syst ems w here cooling w at er is used
for heat ing purpose in evaporat ors
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng t hi s
product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
87
COOLTREAT AL
Advanced l i qui d cool i ng w at er corrosi on i nhi bi t or
Product Descri pt i on
Coolt reat AL is an organic liquid corrosion inhibit or
w it h ext ended life for use in closed cooling w at er
syst ems. This product offers prot ect ion for all commonly
used mat erials in engine cooling w at er syst ems, including
aluminium. Unlike ot her coolant s, Coolt reat AL does not
cont ain component s subject t o rapid deplet ion i.e. Nit rit e
and Silicat e. Based on aliphat ic acid t echnology Coolt reat
AL is st able and hence t he t est frequency can be
reduced. Coolt reat AL is fully organic and biodegradable.
Di rect i ons f or Use
Coolt reat AL is a highly effect ive corrosion inhibit or for all
common met als in cooling w at er syst ems.
Test ing has show n no det riment al effect s on non met allic
subst ances such as seals, glands, packing, hoses,
gasket s et c., normally used in t hese syst ems.
Where most t radit ional inhibit ors react w it h t he met al
surface and form oxides t hat prevent furt her corrosion,
Coolt reat AL applies a t hin and durable layer of prot ect ive
molecules t o t he met al surfaces. This t echnology
prevent s t he cont inuous build-up of insulat ing layers on
heat t ransfer surfaces.
For new builds, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends
cleaning of t he w at er syst em before commercing service.
The syst em w ill alw ays cont ain small amount s of oil and
iron oxides, and t his can be removed in one operat ion
w it h Unit or Commissioning Cleaner. If t he syst em is
corroded or is more heavily cont aminat ed, degreasing
w it h i.e. Unit or Seaclean Plus follow ed by acid cleaning,
w it h i.e. Unit or Descalex for removal of met al oxides or
scale is recommended.
For syst ems previously t reat ed w it h ot her product s,
Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommend t o drain and flush
t he syst em before refilling w it h dist illed w at er and
Coolt reat AL. The syst em should be clean and free from
scale and corrosion product s w hen st art ing t he t reat ment .
The use of ant ifreeze is somet imes required if t he vessel
is t o be laid up in cold areas, Coolt reat AL can be used in
conjunct ion w it h glycols for frost prot ect ion. If used in
conjunct ion w it h glycols, It is recommended t o increase
t he product concent rat ion t o 8%.*
Dosi ng Met hod
Coolt reat AL should be dosed t o a suit able point in t he
syst em. If t he expansion t ank is used, adequat e
circulat ion must be assured.
Dosi ng and Cont rol
Init ial dosage for an unt reat ed syst em is 60 lit res of
Coolt reat AL/ t on of unt reat ed dist illed w at er (6%). This
w ill provide sufficient prot ect ion of t he syst em for a peri-
od of t w o t o five years under normal condit ions.
6% Coolt reat AL should also be dosed in all make up
w at er added t o t he syst em t o compensat e for lost
coolant .
The engine manufact urer's recommendat ions for w at er
qualit y should alw ays be complied w it h. Chloride levels
should alw ays be as low as possible. Most engine manu-
fact urers recommend a maximum of 50 ppm chlorides.
For t his reason, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends
t he use of dist illed w at er as make-up.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Colourless liquid
Denisit y, g/ cm
3
at 20C: 1.055
pH: 8.2
COMPATIBILITY:
Met al: All commonly used
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res) Cont ainer
653 680843 25 Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Liquid product , easy t o use

Environment ally friendly, fully organic product , low


t oxicit y

Effect ive against cavit at ion and erosion. Superior heat


t ransfer propert ies

Compat ible w it h hoses, gasket s and seals

Compat ible w it h glycols for frost prot ect ion

St able product -non deplet ing

The product can be used for corrosion inhibit ion in


many t ypes of closed re-circulat ion syst em such as:
Diesel engine cooling w at er syst ems Compressor
cooling w at er syst ems Cent ralised cooling syst ems
Hot w at er heat ing syst ems Auxiliary machinery
cooling syst ems

Approved by major engine manufact urers


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng t hi s
product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
hazards fromimproper use of the goods described herein.
* 80 litres (8%) when used in conjunction with glycol for frost protection.
Marine
Chemicals
88
VAPTREAT
Li qui d Evaporat or Treat ment
Product Descri pt i on
A concent rat ed liquid blend of polymer and ant ifoam agent s
for cont rolling scale and foam in evaporat ors.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
The specially select ed polymers in Vapt reat combined w it h
t he pot ent ial scale forming salt s in t he brine t o prevent t hem
from adhering t o heat t ransfer surfaces. These solids are held
in suspension and removed w it h t he evaporat or brine.
The operat ing efficiency of t he plant is maint ained for
maximum w at er product ion. The int ervals bet w een cleaning
are great ly increased.
The product t o use for acid cleaning is Descalex, w hich w ill
remove old scale prior t o t reat ment w it h Vapt reat .
Evaporat ors have a t endency t o produce foam w hile
operat ing - t he defoaming propert ies of Vapt reat w ill st op t his
foaming and carry-over w ill be eliminat ed. Dist illed w at er
qualit y is maint ained.
Dosage
The st andard dosage, applicable t o t he majorit y of syst ems, is
15-30 ml of Vapt reat per t on of dist illat e produced. This is ba-
sed on t he rat ed product ion capacit y of t he evaporat or.
Example: In a 25 t on/ day evaporat or.
Treat ment used = 25 x 30 ml = 750 ml of Vapt reat per day.
Set t i ng t he Fl ow Rat e
The t reat ment is added t o t he dosage t ank and mixed w it h
w at er. Example: Wit h t he 0.75 lit res of Vapt reat add sufficient
w at er t o make up 50 lit res of liquid.
The st andard flow met er is adjust able bet w een 0 and l00
ml/ minut e.
Flow rat e calculat ion:
Flow rat e = 50 Lit res/ 24 x 60= 35 ml/ min set t ing
This w ill last 24 hours.
A met ering pump can also be supplied for use w it h Vapt reat if
required.
N.B. The brine densit y should not exceed 1.038 g/ cm
3
. The
scaling pot ent ial increases rapidly over t his level. An increase
in t he amount of Vapt reat used w ill assist in ret aining
pot ent ial scale forming salt s in suspension. For example:
If t he densit y rises t o 1.050 g/ cm
3
t he dosage should be 60
ml/ t on of rat ed capacit y.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Pale yellow liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
pH (1 Vol%) 9
Compat ibilit y:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (kg) Cont ainer
654 571364 25 Plast ic
Dosi ng Met hod
RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION LAYOUT EVAPORATOR
TREATMENT

60 lit re polyet hyt hene t ank

5 m PVC t ube 6 mm diamet er

Flow met er - adjust able 0 t o 100 mls/ min


-The syst em show n is easily inst alled. A posit ive pressure
is obt ained by keeping t he t reat ment t ank higher t han t he
inlet t o t he syst em.
- A met ering pump can also be supplied for use if required.
Using t he met hod show n in t he diagram, t he t reat ment is
draw n int o t he vacuum side of t he evaporat or, t hrough
t he adjust able flow met er.
The recommended dosing met hod for Vapt reat is
cont inuous dosing int o t he sea w at er feed line t o t he
evaporat or. The diagram show n gives an indicat ion of t he
simple dosing syst em required.
The required daily amount should be mixed w it h fresh
w at er in t he polyet hylene t ank and dosed via t he
adjust able flow met er int o t he sea w at er supply t o t he
evaporat or.
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Ensures t hat t he evaporat or w orks at maximum efficiency


by keeping heat t ransfer surfaces free of scale

The ant ifoaming propert ies ensure t hat dist illat e qualit y is
high as carry over is eliminat ed

Will gradually remove exist ing scale w hen dosed at t w ice


t he normal rat e

Reduces dow nt ime and maint enance

Concent rat ed, safe liquid, easy and economical dosing

For use in bot h high pressure and vacuum evaporat ors

Approved by t he Norw egian Nat ional Inst it ut e of Public


Healt h for t he use in syst ems w here cooling w at er is used
for heat ing purpose in evaporat ors
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng t hi s
product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
hazards fromimproper use of the goods described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
89
MULTIVAP
Product Descri pt i on
Mult iVap is a concent rat ed liquid blend of ant iscalant and
ant ifoam agent s for cont rolling scale and foam in sea-
w at er evaporat ors. Mult iVap has been formulat ed for
opt imum efficiency w hen used in large evaporat ors w it h
high dist illat e product ion.
Di rect i ons For Use
The specially select ed polymers in Mult iVap prevent scale
format ion by salt s in t he brine and w ill efficient ly prevent
buildup of deposit on heat t ransfer surfaces. The solids
are held in suspension and removed w it h t he brine out let .
Mult iVap w ill maint ain opt imum operat ing efficiency
of t he plant and hence maximize w at er product ion at
minimum energy consumpt ion. The int ervals bet w een
cleaning are significant ly increased.
Use Unit or Descalex for acid cleaning t o remove old scale
prior t o t reat ment w it h Mult iVap.
Seaw at er evaporat ors have variable t endency t o produce
foam during operat ion. Foam format ion may vary w it h
operat ing condit ions, i.e. seaw at er t emperat ure. Mult iVap
is formulat ed w it h ant ifoam t o prevent foaming problems
and eliminat e carry-over. If foaming should st ill occur,
Unit or Evaporat or Defoamer can be added in a premix w it h
w at er and Mult ivap for addit ional foam prevent ion.
Dosi ng met hod
Mult ivap should alw ays be dosed on cont inuous basis.
This can be done w it h a dosing pump or by gravit y based
dosing unit cont rolling dosage w it h a flow met er.
Mult iVap may be dilut ed in w at er for easier cont rolling
dosing and flow rat e.
Dosage and cont rol
Required dosage may vary slight ly depending on t ype of
evaporat or in use; how ever 10-15 ml of Mult iVap per t on
of dist illat e produced is recommended as init ial dosage.
The dosage recommendat ion is based on t he rat ed
product ion capacit y of t he evaporat or.
Example: In a 500 t on/ day evaporat or.
Treat ment used = 500 x 15 ml = 7,5 l of Mult iVap per day.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Amber liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.1
pH: 8
Compat ibilit y:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
653 759340 25 Plast ic
Dosi ng Met hod
RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION LAYOUT EVAPORATOR
TREATMENT

60 lit re polyet hyt hene t ank

5 m PVC t ube 6 mm diamet er

Flow met er - adjust able 0 t o 100 mls/ min


-The syst em show n is easily inst alled. A posit ive pressure
is obt ained by keeping t he t reat ment t ank higher t han t he
inlet t o t he syst em.
- A met ering pump can also be supplied for use if required.
Using t he met hod show n in t he diagram, t he t reat ment is
draw n int o t he vacuum side of t he evaporat or, t hrough
t he adjust able flow met er.
The recommended dosing met hod for Vapt reat is
cont inuous dosing int o t he sea w at er feed line t o t he
evaporat or. The diagram show n gives an indicat ion of t he
simple dosing syst em required.
The required daily amount should be mixed w it h fresh
w at er in t he polyet hylene t ank and dosed via t he
adjust able flow met er int o t he sea w at er supply t o t he
evaporat or.
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Highly concent rat ed, economical and space saving for


large evaporat or unit s.

Ensures opt imum efficiency by keeping heat t ransfer


surfaces clean and free of scale.

Cont ains ant ifoam t o give high qualit y dist illat e qualit y
and prevent carry over.

Reduces dow nt ime and maint enance.


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
90
BIOGUARD
Foul i ng Cont rol Agent f or Sea Wat er Syst ems
Product Descri pt i on
Bioguard is a very effect ive, amine based dispersant of
marine grow t h such as algae, shellfish and
micro-organisms t o prevent fouling of sea w at er (cooling)
syst ems. Because of it s filming propert ies, t he product
also act s as a corrosion inhibit or.
Caut i on: Di rect i ons For Use
This bio-dispersant has been specially developed t o
prevent sea w at er (cooling) syst em from get t ing fouled
by low er aquat ic life forms like mussels, barnacles and
algae. The dispersant in t he product prevent s bact eria t o
colonise t he met al surface, making it unsuit able for
set t ling of bact eria and t herefore less favourable for larger
fouling organisms. The filming charact erist ics w ill also
provide ant i corrosion propert ies.
Bioguard can be used in bot h st at ic and flow ing syst ems.
Some applicat ion examples are: sea w at er syst ems,
including seaw at er int akes; filt er boxes and piping; st at ic
ballast t anks; st abilit y t rimming t anks and oil rig sea legs.
Dosage
For Sea Wat er Cool i ng Syst ems
Dose 0.6 lit re of Bioguard for every 100 t ons of sea w at er
flow ing t hrough t he syst em per hour. The syst em
t hroughput is eit her t o be det ermined from t he rat ing of
t he pump(s) or from t he syst em specificat ions. Treat ment
is necessary in coast al w at ers and should commence
t hree days before ent ering t hese w at ers and cont inue for
t hree days aft er leaving coast al w at ers. The calculat ed
dose should be dosed over a one hour period and
repeat ed every 48 hours.
For St at i c Bal l ast Tanks
Dose 1 lit re of Bioguard per 10 t ons of w at er prior t o
ballast ing, follow ed by a mont hly dose of 2 lit res
per 100 t ons.
For Trim Tanks, Oil Rig Sea Legs and Similar Systems
Dose 25 lit res of Bioguard per 100 t ons of w at er and add
t he same for make up w at er.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Pale yellow liquid
Densit y, g/ cm
3
at 15C: 1.0
Flash point : Above 80C
Compat ibilit y:
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Cont ainer
653 743880 25 Plast ic
Typi cal i nst al l at i on l ayout di spersant t reat ment
Dosing Met hod The diagram above show s a t ypical
dosage layout . This can be modified t o suit a part icular
sit uat ion. A chemical dosing pump, w it h or w it hout alarm
t o be used. Alt hough t he product w ill gradually clean
fouled syst ems, t reat ment should preferably be st art ed
w it h a clean syst em. The product can be dosed neat or if
necessary dilut ed int o fresh w at er t o accommodat e t he
dosing equipment . When changing over from any ot her
product t o Bioguard, flush t he ent ire dosing syst em
t horoughly w it h fresh w at er.
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Liquid t reat ment w hich is easy t o use

Ext remely effect ive in t he cont rol of sea w at er fouling


organisms

Many applicat ions covered by one product

Maint ains heat t ransfer in syst ems and ext ends t he


periods bet w een cleaning

Reduces maint enance and dow n t ime

Economic in use

Approved by t he U.K. Depart ment of t he Environment


as a marine ant ifoulant in t he inlet of evaporat ors pro-
ducing pot able w at er

Biodegradable

Suit able for all t ypes of syst ems using sea w at er, bot h
st at ic and flow ing
Caut i on: Bi oguard can saf el y be dosed i n sea w a-
t er t hat i s used i n an evaporat or, how ever
Bi oguard shoul d never be dosed i n Pot abl e w at er
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
91
MAR-71
Bact eri ol ogi cal decont ami nat i on
Product Descri pt i on
MAR-71 is a very effect ive biocide, used t o prevent and
combat microbiological grow t h in closed cooling w at er
syst ems as w ell as in lubricat ing oil syst ems. Bact eria are t he
cause of many corrosion problems, as w hile t hey grow, t hey
produce a variet y of acids and in some cases slimy layers on
met al surfaces w hich result s in reduced heat t ransfer and
corrosion in bearings. Nit rit es, Phosphat es and emulsifying
oils are good nut rient media for bact eria. MAR-71 has proven
t o be a very effect ive disinfect ant . Low er dosages of MAR-71
can also be used t o prevent infect ion.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dose Rat es
Cl osed cool i ng w at er ci rcui t s
Especially w hen bert hing for a longer period in harbours in
w armer climat es, t he risk of infect ion of t he cooling w at er
syst ems w it h micro-organisms is considerable. When t his
happens, acids are formed and at t he same t ime, t he
corrosion inhibit ors present in t he syst em w ill be eat en aw ay
by t he bact eria creat ing corrosive condit ions. Regular t est ing
for t he presence of bect eria in t he cooling w at er by t he use of
dip slides is t herefore st rongly recommended. Bet w een 0.5
and 1.5 lt r./ t on. MAR-71 should be added t o cont aminat ed
syst ems. The syst em should be circulat ed for t hree days aft er
w hich t he complet e cont ent s of t he cooling syst em is
dumped. Before refilling t he syst em w it h (dist illed) w at er and
t he init ial dosage of Dieselguard or Rocor NB Liquid, t he
syst em should be t horoughly flushed w it h fresh w at er. It is
recommended t o re-t est for t he presence of bact eria aft er t he
syst em has been in operat ion for 24 hours. The described
procedure is t o be repeat ed if necessary. For heavily cont ami-
nat ed syst ems and syst ems cont aminat ed w it h scale/ oil, it is
recommended t o acid clean and/ or degrease t he syst em prior
t o disinfect ing
Caut ion: During disinfect ing, evaporat ors and ot her equipment
w hich use cooling w at er and w hich are used in connect ion
w it h t he product ion of drinking w at er are not t o be used.
Lubri cat i ng oi l s
The presence of w at er in lubricat ing oil, eit her caused by
condensat ion or by leakage of cooling w at er, provides
excellent grow ing condit ions for micro-organisms in lube oil
syst ems. The presence of bact eria w ill cause changes in lube
oil charact erist ics, cause corrosion, w at er emulsion and
clogging of filt ers. Regular cont rol and necessary act ion t o
combat bact eriological cont aminat ion can avoid above
ment ioned problems. The recommended decont aminat ion
procedure is as follow s:
1. Transfer 80-90% of t he lubricat ing oil int o a renovat ion
t ank and heat t ill 85-95% C w hile separat ing for 12 hours.
Cont inue heat ing for anot her 12 hours w it hout separat ing.
2. To t he remaining oil in t he sump-t ank, bet w een 0.5 and
1 lit res/ t on MAR-71 is added. Circulat e t he cont ent s of t he
sump-t ank for 12-24 hours. Not e t hat during circulat ion,
filt ers may get clogged by dead microorganisms. Special
observat ion of filt ers, and if necessary, cleaning of same,
is t herefore required.
3. Empt y and clean t he sump-t ank.
4. Transfer t he circulat ing oil from t he renovat ion t ank back
int o t he sump-t ank and fill w it h fresh oil.
As an alt ernat ive t o t he above procedure, increase of t he
bact eriological cont aminat ion can be st opped by adding
0.3-0.5 lit res/ t on MAR-71 t o t he lubricat ion oil. At a lat er
st age, proper disinfect ing must follow.
Not e: Please check w it h t he lubricat ion oil manufact urer
regarding dosage rat es for your brand of oil.
In case bact eriological cont aminat ion occurs and has already
caused corrosion, t he lubricat ion oil must be fully exchanged.
Consult lubricat ion oil manufact urer. Before refilling t he
syst em, it is highly recommended t o rinse t he syst em for
24 hours w it h flushing oil t o w hich 0.5-1 lit res/ t on MAR-71
is added. This procedure and t he addit ion of 0.1-0.5 lit res/ t on
MAR-71 t o t he new oil w ill prevent re-infect ion of t he
lubricat ing oil.
Product Avai l abi l i t y
Please cont act your local Wilhelmsen Ships Service office for
availabilit y.
Product Propert i es
Appearance: Liquid, colourless t o yellow
ODOUR: Amine-like
SPEC. DENSITY, g/ cm
3
: 1.06
pH, (0.15%): ~ 10
Compat ibilit y: Tot al soluble in w at er and oil.
Met al: No know n effect
Rubber: No know n effect
Synt het ic rubber: No know n effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size Cont ainer
653 735977 3 x 5 lt r Plast ic
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

One product , t w o different applicat ions

Kills micro-organisms in closed cooling w at er syst ems and


lubricat ion oil syst ems

Prevent s corrosion caused by microarganisms

No cases have been report ed w here bact eria have beco-


me immune t o MAR-71

Biodegradable, does not accumulat e in t he environment

HOCNF regist ered for use in t he Nort h Sea Offshore sec-


t or, yellow / gold classificat ion
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng t hi s
product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
hazards fromimproper use of the goods described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
92
NOTES
Pool Water
Treatment
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
93
POOL CHEMICALS
Probl em and sol ut i on summary
Problem Solution/Product Application
pH t o low pH INCREASER A convenient and safe granular product for raising t he pH of t he
(657 766537) pool w at er w it h minimal effect on overall alkalinit y.
Low calcium POOL AND SPA A convenient and safe granular product for raises calcium hardness
hardness levels HARDNESS of pool and spa w at er t o assist in t he prevent ion of corrosion, et ched
(657 766538) plast er and ot her problems result ing from low calcium hardness.
Dirt y pool surfaces POOL SURFACE CLEANER For removal of scum (bat h t ube ring) along t he w at er line. Quickly
(657 766436) eliminat es oil, light scale and fresh st ains.
Foaming in t he spa SPA DEFOAMER Eliminat es unsight ly foam from spa w at er, hot t ubs and ot her w at er
(657 766540) feat ures by soap, sunt an lot ion and det ergent s.
Cloudy w at er POOL CLARIFIER Highly concent rat ed product based on specially formulat ed polymers
(657 766539) t hat quickly clears cloudy w at er. The product rest ores sparkling clear
w at er by binding small part icles int o large masses t hat can be easily
removed by t he filt er. This product works while t he filt er is in operat ion,
requires no premixing, cont ains no alum and does not affect t he pH.
Marine
Chemicals
94
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
pH INCREASER
Rai si ng pH of Pool & Spa Wat er
Product Descri pt i on
A convenient and safe granular product for raising t he pH
of pool w at er w it h minimal effect on overall alkalinit y.
How i t Works
This product is used t o raise t he pH of pool w at er. Proper
pH cont rol is essent ial t o eliminat e problems caused by
pH being t oo low or t oo high. If pH is t oo low t hen corrosi-
on and st aining may occur.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dosage Rat es
Ideal bat hing condit ions exist at a slight ly alkaline pH level
of 7.27.6, w it h alkalinit y of 80/ 150 mg/ l. This range w ill
also allow t he most effect ive use of ot her sw imming pool
chemicals.
Det ermine t he pH of your pool w at er using Unit or Test Kit
(Product no. 665 624866).
If t he t est reading is below 7.2 add pH Increaser by pre-
dissolving t he mat erial in a clean cont ainer w it h clean,
w arm w at er. Pour solut ion around t he pool perimet er and
keep pump running t o allow re-circulat ion. Wait 23
hours t hen recheck pH level. If it is st ill below 7.2 repeat
t he above procedure.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Whit e granules
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 20C:
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in 1% solut ion at 20C: 11.6
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Soluble in w at er
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Cont ainer
657 766537 25 kg St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Convenient granular product

100% act ive

Safe for all t ypes of pools

Prot ect s pool surfaces and equipment from corrosion


due t o low pH

Reduces maint enance cost s

Quickly and easily raises pH

Makes w at er more comfort able for bat hers


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
95
POOL AND SPA HARDNESS
Cal ci um Hardness Increaser
Product Descri pt i on
Raises calcium hardness of pool and spa w at er t o assist
in t he prevent ion of corrosion, et ched plast er and ot her
problems result ing from low calcium levels.
How i t Works
This product is used t o raise t he calcium hardness in pool
and spa w at er. Low calcium hardness may cause pool
and spa w at er t o be corrosive w hich may result in
st aining, et ching or dist ort ing of all t ypes of pool surfaces.
Surface et ching by low calcium hardness w ill become
more abrasive and uncomfort able for bat hers. Rough
surfaces also increase problems w it h algae and makes
cleaning more difficult .
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dosage Rat es
Ideal bat hing condit ions exist at a slight ly alkaline pH level
of 7.27.6, w it h alkalinit y of 80/ 150 mg/ l. This range w ill
also allow t he most effect ive use of ot her sw imming pool
chemicals.
Det ermine t he calcium hardness of your pool w at er using
Unit or Test Kit (Product no. 665 624866).
Use Spa Hardness Increaser at t he rat e of 100 g per 10m
3
t o raise calcium hardness by 10 mg/ l. Dissolve t he
required amount of Spa Hardness Increaser in a clean
cont ainer w it h clean w at er and pour slow ly around t he
perimet er of your pool and spa. Ensure bot h t he pump and
filt er are running t o circulat e t he product effect ively.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Whit e granules
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 20C:
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in 1% solut ion at 20C:
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Soluble in w at er
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Cont ainer
657 766538 18 kg St eel
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

For Pool, spas & Hot Tubs

Raises calcium hardness level

Helps prevent et ching and st aining

100% act ive


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
95
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
96
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
POOL SURFACE CLEANER
Wat erl i ne Cl eani ng
Product Descri pt i on
For removal of scum (bat h t ube ring) along t he w at er line.
Quickly eliminat es oils, greases, light scale and fresh
st ains.
How i t Works
This product removes most st ubborn scale, grease and
common dirt . Clings t o vert ical surfaces for easy cleaning.
May be used on plast ic, vinyl, fibreglass, ceramic, st ain-
less st eel, aluminium and paint ed surfaces. Unlike many
cleaners, Pool Surface Cleaner is complet ely compat ible
w it h sw imming pool w at er.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dosage Rat es
Apply t o a damp sponge or brush and scrub t he pool
surface at w at er level. Rinse t reat ed surfaces t horoughly.
To remove heavy st ains, allow cleaner t o soak on st ain for
5-10 minut es before scrubbing and rinsing. Use only a
soft brist le brush or sponge on vinyl surfaces.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Wat er-w hit e,
Yellow ish liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 20C: 1.04
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc. at 20C: 8.8-9.8
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible in w at er
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res): Cont ainer
657 766436 Boxes of Plast ic
12x1 Lt r
bot t les
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

For Pools, Spas & Hot Tubs

Prevent s st aining and cont rols scale build-up

Removes oils, grease and ot her deposit s from pool


surfaces

Cleans and maint ains pool surfaces


Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
97
SPA DEFOAMER
Foami ng Prevent i on
Product Descri pt i on
Eliminat es unsight ly foam from spa w at er, hot t ubs and
ot her w at er feat ures by soaps, sunt an lot ion and det er-
gent s.
How i t Works
Spa Defoamer quickly eliminat es and prevent s foaming in
spas and t ubes.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dosage Rat es
Add direct ly t o spa at t he rat e of 100 ml of Spa Defoamer
per 1000 lit res freshly filled spas. Ensure pump is running
t o allow re-circulat ion. To maint ain a foam free spa once
a w eek add t o t he spa 50 ml Spa Defoamer per 1000
lit res w at er.
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Whit e emulsion
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 20C: 1.0
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc. at 20C: 6.0-8.0
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Emulsifiable
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res): Cont ainer
657 766540 Boxes of Plast ic
12x1 Lt r
bot t les
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Cont rol and prevent foaming

Quickly eliminat es foam from spas, hot t ubes and


ot her w at er feat ures

Easy t o use
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Marine
Chemicals
97
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Marine
Chemicals
98
POOL CLARIFIER
Cl ears Cl oudy Wat er
Product Descri pt i on
Highly concent rat ed product based on specially formula-
t ed polymers t hat quickly clears cloudy w at er.
How it Works
Pool Clarifier rest ores sparkling clear w at er by binding
small part icles int o larger masses t hat can be easily
removed by t he filt er. This product w orks w hile t he filt er is
in operat ion, requires no premixing, cont ains no alum and
does not affect t he pH.
Di rect i ons f or Use and Dosage Rat es
Before applying t his product ensure t hat t he filt er is ope-
rat ing efficient ly.
Apply Pool Clarifier w eekly or w henever t he pool w at er
has lost sparkle.
Apply Pool Clarifier at t he rat e of 15ml per 10m
3
by
pouring gent ly around t he perimet er of t he pool. Leave
pump and filt er running for 8 hours aft er applicat ion. If
pool clarit y has not been rest ored aft er 36 hours, repeat
t he t reat ment .
Product Propert i es
APPEARANCE: Liquid
DENSITY, in g/ cm
3
at 20C: 1.04
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in C: N/ A
pH, in conc. at 20C: 3-5
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible in w at er
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in lit res): Cont ainer
657 766539 Boxes of Plast ic
12x1 Lt r
bot t les
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Concent rat ed formula

Cont ains specially formulat ed polymers

Easy t o use - no premixing

Clears cloudy w at er fast

Does not affect pH

Helps reduce chlorine usage

Makes w at er sparkle
Read t he Mat eri al Saf et y Dat a Sheet bef ore usi ng
t hi s product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
due to potential hazards fromimproper use of the goods
described herein.
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Equipment
FUEL/LUBE OIL TEST KITS
The Fuel Oi l Test Cabi net
Vi scomet er
A new design, microprocessor cont rolled, easy t o use,
fast and accurat e elect ronic inst rument t o det ermine t he
viscosit y of lube oil at ambient t emperat ure but correct ed
t o 40C, or heat ed t o t he st andard t emperat ure of 40C.
Also performs viscosit y measurement of Int ermediat e
Fuels heat ed t o 50C. Est imat ion of t he combust ion
performance, Calculat ed Carbon Aromat icit y Index
(CCAI). Report s direct ly in cSt , repeat reading in one
minut e.
Range:
20-810 cSt at 50C (ISO Fuel Grades RMA 10 RML 55)
20-810 cSt at 40C (lube oils SAE 5 t hrough SAE 50)
Densi t y Met er
An easy t o use, fast inst rument t o det ermine t he densit y
of a fuel. 850-1010 kg/ m
3
@ 15C. Calculat es t he CCAI.
Compat i bi l i t y Test
Compat ibilit y and st abilit y det erminat ion. Predict ion of a
fuel's sludging t endencies.
Wat er in Oil Test
To det ermine t he w at er cont ent 0-1%, 0-10% or 1-10000
ppm in lube and fuel oil.
TBN Test
For accurat e t est ing of TBN (Tot al Base Number) in t he
range of 0-60.
Sal t Wat er Det ermi nat i on Test
Insolubles Test
Comprehensive Training Manual included
Descript ion Product no.
Oil Test Cabinet 663 607820
Spare part s and Reagent s
Salt Wat er Det erminat ion Test 663 625756
Insolubles Test 663 625749
WiO Reagent Replacement Pack 663 602805
TBN Reagent Replacement Pack 663 632406
Hydromet er 850-950 kg/ m
3
663 632513
Hydromet er 900-1010 kg/ m
3
663 632521
Hydromet er 800-1010 kg/ m
3
663 632554
Digit al WiO and TBN React ion Cell 663 632414
Compat i bi l i t y Test Ki t

As per ASTM D 4740

Small and compact

Complet ely port able

Pow er: 110-220 V

Specifically designed for onboard use

Complet e w it h guide on met hods t o prevent sludging

Result s can be used t o det ermine if precombust ion


addit ives are required and t o assess dose rat e

Easy t o use. Fast -less t han five minut es operat or t ime.


No reagent s. No glassw are. Disposable sample
cont ainers. No cleaning
Descript ion Product no.
Compat ibilit y Test Kit 663 555755
Spare Part s
Sample Tubes, 50 pcs 663 555771
Compabilit y Test Paper, 100 sheet s 663 555789
Marine
Chemicals
Marine
Chemicals
99
Wat er-In-Oi l Test Ki t

Reliable t est for w at er cont ent : 0-1%, 0-10% or


0-10000ppm

Short t est ing t ime: 2 min

Good accuracy

Reagent packs available w orldw ide

Wat er in lube oil w ill rapidly cause severe damage t o


an engine, bearing or hydraulic syst em
Descript ion Product no.
Wat er-In-Oil Test Kit 663 632398
Spare part s and Reagent s
WiO Reagent Replacement Pack 663 602805
Digit al WiO React ion Cell 663 632380
Marine
Chemicals
100
FUEL/LUBE OIL TEST KITS
TBN Test Kit

TBN Test Kit

Easy t o use

Reliable result in a few minut es

One reagent only (pat ent ed by Unit or)

Non-t oxic and non-flammable

Aft er use, simply clean w it h w at er


The Unit or TBN (Tot al Base Number) Test Kit is a major
advance in port able t est s for oil alkalinit y. The kit gives
result s for crankcase and ot her lubricant s in a very short
t ime, normally about 5 minut es. Designed for t est ing
lubricant s w it h TBN up t o 60. The result s may be used as
an in-service check of deplet ing TBN t o t he equilibrium value.
Descript ion Product no.
TBN Test Kit 663 632448
Spare part s and Reagent s
TBN Reagent Replacement Pack 663 632406
Digit al TBN React ion Cell 663 632430
Combi ned Oi l Test Ki t
Compri ses

Wat er in oil t est

TBN t est

Insolubles t est

Salt w at er det erminat ion t est

Viscosit y comparison t est

All necessary reagent s and consumables

Pract ical and clear inst ruct ions provide guidance and
int erpret at ions of t est result s for t he complet e range
of t est s
Descript ion Product no.
Combined Oil Test Kit 663 632422
Spare part s and Reagent s
WiO Reagent Replacement Pack 663 602805
TBN Reagent Replacement Pack 663 632406
Digit al WiO and TBN React ion Cell 663 632414
Marine
Chemicals
101
Densi t y Met er
A fast and reliable device t o accurat ely det ermine t he densi-
t y of fuels from 800-1010 kg/ m
3
@ 15C (ISO Fuel Grades
DMA t o RML 55). Alllows rapid det erminat ion of exact bun-
ker delivery quant it ies.
Calculat ion of densit y at 15C in vacuo, cent iPoise t o
cent iSt oke, and CCAI (Calculat ed Carbon Aromat icit y Index).
Clear inst ruct ions.
Descript ion Product no.
110-240 V AC 663 606251
FUEL/LUBE OIL TEST KITS
Vi scosi t y Met er
Small, fast and reliable. Measurement s w it hout heat ing
(but correct ed t o 40C) or heat ed t o 40C for lube oil
viscosit y and t o 50C for fuel oil viscosit y.
Report s direct ly in cSt , repeat reading in one minut e.
Calculat ion of Calculat ed Carbon Aromat icit y Index (CCAI)
and densit y correct ion from 50C t o 15C in vacuo.
Clear and comprehensive user inst ruct ions.
Descript ion Product no.
110-240 V AC 663 606250
Bunker Sampl er
Sizes from 3"-12" Product Nos. according t o size 663
606252 - 663 606261

Drip sampler

Fully st ainless st eel

Complies w it h ISO 3170, BS 31195, ASTM D 4057


and PSA recommendat ions

Very easy t o use

Lloyd's t ype approval

Comprehensive consumables

Cubit ainer and sample bot t le kit s ex. st ock


Descript ion Product no.
Sampler valve cover 663 606262
(for PSA Regulat ions)
5 lit re Cubit ainer pack 663 606265
Fuel Oil sample bot t le pack 663 606263
Case of 92 sample bot t les 663 606264
Marine
Chemicals
102
Oi l Test Cent re
The Oil Test Cent re is a microprocessor t echnology based t est ing st at ion
providing laborat ory grade result s in t he field for t he follow ing qualit y
paramet ers:
Viscosit y: 15-810 cSt @ 40C 30 sec.
Insolubles Loading: 0-3.5% W/ W 30 sec.
Tot al Base number: 0-50 120 sec.
Tot al Acid number: 0-6 120 sec. (opt ional)
Wat er Cont aminat ion: 0-2.5% 120 sec. (0-600ppm optional)
Pow er: 110-220 V AC.
The Oil Test Cent re is supplied w it h all necessary reagent s and clear
inst ruct ions.
The equipment is a key part of t he lubricat ion oil cont rol program many
navies, have adopt ed. NATO St ock number 6630-99-215-5830.
LUBE OIL TEST KIT
Inj ect ors For Soot Remover
Equipment for blow ing soot remover pow der int o boiler fire- side or int o
t he gas side of exhaust gas boilers.
This simple, low cost inject or ensures rapid and effect ive dosing of
pow der so t hat soot and firescale may be removed most efficient ly.
Operat i on - Port abl e Inj ect or
The nozzle of t he inject or is insert ed int o a suit able part of t he boiler and
an air supply is at t ached t o t he air hose connect ion. The valve is opened
allow ing air t o be blow n int o t he boiler w hile soot remover is being fed
simult aneously int o t he funnel and is carried w it h t he air int o t he
combust ion zone.
For furt her det ails of soot remover usage and consumpt ion, refer t o t he
soot remover dat a sheet .
Operat i on - Fi xed Inj ect or
1) Fill dosing pot w it h soot remover.
2) Open valves in sequence A.B.C.
3) Open vent lock unt il soot remover is inject ed.
4) Close valves in opposit e sequence C.B.A.
Not e
A. Place out let from inject or in same direct ion as gas flow.
B. Prevent bends in inject ion pipe, if not possible make bends of 45, only
last bend 90.
CLEANING AND DOSING EQUIPMENT
Soot remover i nj ect or uni t s Inst al l at i on l ayout
Fi xed i nj ect or
Product no. 664 572073
Port abl e i nj ect or
Product no. 664 572065
Product no. 664 606249
Marine
Chemicals
103
Manual Dosi ng Uni t f or Soot Remover Li qui d
Equipment for t he inject ion of Soot Remover Liquid int o t he exhaust
duct ing. The product is finely dispersed and prevent s t he build-up of soot
and fire scale in t he exhaust syst em and exhaust boiler.
The inst allat ion and operat ion is fully described in t he inst allat ion
inst ruct ions. For dosages of Soot Remover Liquid please refer t o t he
Product Dat a Sheet no. 815838
Product Product no.
Manual Dosing Unit for Soot Remover Liquid 664 625194
CLEANING AND DOSING EQUIPMENT
Aut omat i c Dosi ng Uni t f or soot remover l i qui d
Soot and exhaus deposit s great ly reduce efficiency and can ult imat ely
lead t o boiler failure. Effect ive cont rol of t hose deposit s w ill ensure reli-
able boiler operat ion.
The Aut omat ic Dosing Unit gives you full cont rol at t he t ouch of a but t on.
Product Product no.
Soot remover liquid Dosing Unit 664 711358
Marine
Chemicals
104
Applicat ion Product Rocor Dieselguard Combit reat Liquit reat Aut ot reat Condensat e Oxygen Oxygen Cat . Alkalinit y Hardness
NB NB Cont rol Cont rol Scavenger Sulphit e Cont rol Cont rol
Liquid Plus
Engine Rocor NB 309
cooling Li qui d
w at er *
Engine Di esel guard 309
cooling NB
w at er *
Combined Combi t reat 310 310 315/ 315/ 313 310/
boiler w at er * * 312 sulphit e
t reat ment s
Combined Li qui t reat 310 310
boiler w at er * *
t reat ment s
Combined Aut ot reat 310 315/ 315/ 313
boiler w at er * * 312
t reat ment s
Single Condensat e 310 310 311 311
applicat ion Cont rol
boiler * *
t reat ment s
Single Oxygen 315/ 312 315/ 312 311/ 312 311/ 312
applicat ion Cont rol
boiler * *
t reat ment s
Single Oxygen 315/ 313 315/ 313 311/ 313 311/ 313
applicat ion Scavenger
boiler Plus
t reat ment s * *
Single Cat . 310/ 311/ 311/
applicat ion Sul phi t e sulphit e sulphit e sulphit e
boiler * *
t reat ment s
Single Al kal i ni t y 311 311/ 311/ 313 311/ 311
applicat ion Cont rol 312 sulphit e
boiler * *
t reat ment s
Single Hardness 311 311/ 311/ 313 311/ 311 311
applicat ion Cont rol 312 sulphit e
boiler * *
t reat ment s
The numbers represent t he appropriat e Spect rapak t est kit . In
cells w it h t w o numbers, t he number t o t he right is an ext ent ion kit .
Sulphit e represent s t he sulphit e mini t est kit .
More i nf ormat i on about i ndi vi dual product s and t est ki t s i s
avai l abl e i n t he Techni cal Product Dat a sheet s.
* Can be used alone.
* * Should alw ays be used in combinat ion w it h ot her product (s).
WATER TEST KIT SELECTOR
Marine
Chemicals
105
SPEKTRAPAK 309
Uni t or's Cool i ng Wat er Treat ment Programme
Wat er Test Ki t s
Product no: 661 739466
The t est s recommended t o maint ain cooling w at er w it hin
t he prescribed limit s w hen using Dieselguard NB/ Rocor
NB Liquid are as follow s:
Nitrite - Recommended Limits 1000-2400 ppm as NO
2
The nit rit e concent rat ion should be maint ained w it hin t he
above recommended limit s t o effect ively inhibit any
corrosive or scaling act ion w it hin a closed cooling
syst em. Too high a concent rat ion should be avoided t o
minimize t he cost t o maint ain t he syst em. Insufficient
dosage can set up a condit ion w here accelerat ed
corrosion can occur in areas w hich become unprot ect ed.
Dieselguard NB/ Rocor NB Liquid is dosed according t o t he
nit rit e level recommended.
pH - Recommended Li mi t s 8.3-10
The effect iveness of a corrosion inhibit or is rest rict ed t o
w it hin a cert ain pH range. Treat ment w it h Dieselguard
NB/ Rocor NB Liquid ensures t hat t his pH range is
observed w hen t he nit rit e level is sufficient ly maint ained
t o prevent corrosion. Under cert ain condit ions, because
of ext ernal cont aminat ion, t he pH may not fall int o t he
range usually found w it h t he correct nit rit e dosage. In
such cases, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends
dosing 50 ml of Unit or's Alkalinit y Cont rol per t on of
cooling w at er t o raise t he pH value w hen t he pH is below
8.3. Re-t est pH aft er dosage t o assure pH value is being
maint ained bet w een 8.3-10.0.
Chl ori des - Recommended l i mi t max. 50 ppm
The chloride value of t he cooling w at er should be kept as
low as possible, any increase in value w het her sudden or
gradual, w ill be an indicat ion of sea w at er cont aminat ion.
Check w it h engine manufact urer for ot her specified limit s.
If t he chloride level exceeds 50 ppm, t he possibilit y of
corrosion in t he syst em increases because chlorides have
a negat ive effect on t he passivat ion film creat ed by
nit rit es. Therefore, unt il correct ive act ion has succeeded
in bringing t he chloride level back dow n below 50 ppm,
t he nit rit e level should be kept close t o t he upper limit
(2400 ppm).
Sampl i ng of di esel engi nes
Accessible sampling cocks should exist on all cooling
syst ems for each diesel engine. This including, but not
limit ed t o, main jacket w at er, pist on cooling, fuel oil valve,
auxiliary engines, low t emperat ure syst ems, et c. A
represent at ive sample, must be t aken from each cooling
w at er syst em t o be t est ed. To minimize t he effort in
obt aining cooling w at er samples, a sample cock locat ed
in a posit ion t o draw a sample/ having access t o draw t he
sample quickly and easily, w ill make t he t ask of draw ing
samples simple. In each case of draw ing a sample, t he
cont ainer should be filled w it h t he w at er t o be t est ed,
sealed and labelled.
It is advisable t o conduct t he appropriat e t est s w it hin 30
minut es of draw ing t he sample, alt hough t his t ime limit
can be ext ended w hen t he sample cont ainer is
complet ely filled and sealed.
Test resul t s - cool i ng w at er t reat ment
A. Recording - Alw ays use Unit or Wat erproof Soft w are t o
record all readings and t o keep t rack of all result s.
Frequency - Samples should be draw n, t est ed and re-
sult s logged for each syst em a minimum of once per
w eek and if possible six t imes per mont h.
B. Report ing - The log file from Wat erproof should be
sent t o Wilhelmsen Ships Service for evaluat ion a mi-
nimum of once per mont h.
C. Evaluat ion
1. The log file w it h all t he result s w ill be review ed at
t he Wilhelmsen Ships Service for adherence t o
recommended specificat ions.
2. A report indicat ing t he st at us of t he ship's syst em,
any problems and relevant recommendat ions w ill
be issued t o t he desired e-mail addresses.
See also next page
Marine
Chemicals
106
SPECTRAPAK 309 Cooling Wat er Test Kit
Cooling Wat er Treat ment NITRITE, CHLORIDE & pH
Product no: 661 739466
Ni t ri t e t est
1. Take a 5 ml w at er sample w it h t he syringe and put int o
t he cont ainer provided.
2. Make t he sample up t o 50 ml using dist illed w at er.
3. Add t w o nit rit e No. 1 t ablet s and shake t o disint egrat e
(or crush w it h t he rod provided). Sample w ill be w hit e.
4. Add one nit rit e No. 2 t ablet and shake t o disint egrat e.
5. Cont inue adding t he nit rit e No. 2 t ablet s, one at a
t ime, unt il a pink colour persist s for at least one
minut e.
Cal cul at i on
NITRITE (ppm) = number of No. 2 t ablet s x 180
For example:
If 9 t ablet s are used, nit rit e = 9 x 180 = 1620 ppm.
6. Mark t he result obt ained on t he log sheet s provided,
against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
Chl ori de t est
1. Take a 50ml w at er sample in t he cont ainer provided.
2. Add one chloride t ablet and shake t o disint egrat e,
sample w ill t urn yellow if chlorides are present .
3. Repeat t ablet addit ion, one at a t ime unt il t he yellow
colour changes t o orange/ brow n.
Cal cul at i on
Chloride ppm = (number of t ablet s used x 20) -20
For example:
lf 3 t ablet s are used t hen chloride
ppm = (3 x 20) -20 = 40 ppm.
4. Mark t he result obt ained on t he log sheet s provided,
against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
pH t est
1. Dip one of t he t est st rips int o t he w at er sample so t hat
t he colour zone is complet ely immersed.
2. Compare t he colour obt ained w it h t he reference, and
read off t he print ed pH value.
3. Mark t he result obt ained on t he log sheet provided,
against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
Spares
St andard replacement reagent s are available from your
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Represent at ive.
REAGENTS RE-ORDER Product no:
Nit rit e No. 1 t ablet s 661 555623
Nit rit e No. 2 t ablet s 661 555631
Chloride t ablet s 661 739458
pH papers (6.5.10) 661 555698
EQUIPMENT
Plast ic sample cont ainer 661 555714
SPECTRAPAK 310
Unitor's Combined Boiler Water Treatment Programme
Wat er Test Kit s
Product no: 661 739474
The t est s recommended t o maint ain boiler w at er w it hin
t he desired level of qualit y w hen t reat ing w it h Unit or
Liquit reat / Combit reat are as follow s:
A. p-Alkalinit y - Recommended Limit s: 100-300 ppm as
CaCO
3
B. Chlorides - 200 ppm maximum as Cl-.
C. Condensat e pH - 8.3-9.0
D. Hot w ell t emperat ure - 70-90C
Dosage level of Liquit reat / Combit reat is based on t he
p-Alkalinit y value of t he boiler w at er. How ever, chlorides
and condensat e pH must also be cont rolled and
maint ained as recommended. Know ledge of all relevant
paramet ers is desirable t o enable bet t er int erpret at ion
and correct applicat ion of t reat ment . To increase t he
condensat e pH, use Liquit reat / Combit reat in conjunct ion
w it h your combined product boiler w at er t reat ment . It
is recommended t o dose Liquit reat / Combit reat on a
cont inuous basis, t o maint ain t he condensat e pH w it hin
t he recommended range of 8.3-9.0 at all t imes.
Cont rol l i ng Al kal i ni t y
The alkalinit y is a more accurat e indicat or of t he boiler
w at er condit ion t han pH. The phenolpht halein (P)
alkalinit y is measured t o det ermine w het her t he correct
condit ions of alkalinit y exist in t he boiler.
See also next page
Marine
Chemicals
107
Cont rol l i ng Chl ori des
The chloride value reveals any presence of dissolved salt s
in t he boiler. An increase, gradual or sudden, in t he level
of chloride is an indicat ion of cont aminat ion by sea w at er
and t he chloride level is oft en used as a reference point
w hen cont rolling rat e of blow dow n.
pH BOILER
Recommended limit s of 9.5-11.0. An addit ional t est t o
det ermine t he pH of t he boiler w at er can be carried out t o
give a bet t er overall underst anding of t he boiler w at er
qualit y.
Condensat e pH
To cont rol corrosion in a boiler, condensat e and feed
w at er sect ion, t he condensat e pH should be kept
bet w een 8.3-9.0. Monit oring t he pH of t his w at er is very
import ant in maint aining a complet e Boiler Wat er
Treat ment Management Programme.
Test resul t s - Combi ned t reat ment
A. Recording - Alw ays use Unit or Wat erproof Soft w are t o
record all readings and t o keep t rack of all result s.
Frequency - Samples should be draw n, t est ed and
result s logged for each syst em minimum every t hree
days.
B. Report ing - The log file from Wat erproof should be
sent t o Wilhelmsen Ships Service for evaluat ion a mi-
nimum of once per mont h.
C. Evaluat ion
1. The log file w it h all t he result s w ill be review ed at
t he Wilhelmsen Ships Service for adherence t o
recommended specificat ions.
2. A report indicat ing t he st at us of t he ship's syst em,
any problems and relevant recommendat ions w ill be
issued t o t he desired e-mail addresses.
SPECTRAPAK 310
Low Pressure Boiler Wat er Test Kit
Boiler Water Treatment Test Kit p-Alkalinit y, Chloride & pH
Product no: 661 739474
P ALKALINITY TEST
1. Take a 200 ml w at er sample in t he st oppered bot t le
provided.
2. Add one P. Alkalinit y t ablet and shake t o disint egrat e. If
P. Alkalinit y is present t he sample w ill t urn blue.
3. Repeat t ablet addit ion unt il t he blue colour changes t o
permanent yellow.
Cal cul at i on
P. Alkalinit y ppm (CaCO3) = (Number of t ablet s used x 20) -10.
For example:
lf 8 t ablet s are used t hen P. Alkalinit y = (8 x 20) -10 = 150 ppm.
4. Mark t his result on t he log sheet s provided, against
t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
Chl ori de t est
1. For boilers under 30 bar (KG/ CM2) t ake a 50 ml
sample in t he st oppered bot t le provided.
2. Add one chloride t ablet and shake t o disint egrat e,
sample w ill t urn yellow if chlorides are present
3. Repeat t ablet addit ion unt il t he yellow colour changes
t o orange/ brow n.
Chl ori de (cont .) cal cul at i on (50 ml sampl e)
Chloride ppm = (number of t ablet s used x 20)-20 For
example: lf 4 t ablet s are used t hen chloride ppm = (4 x
20) -20 = 60 ppm.
4. Mark t he result obt ained on t he log sheet s provided,
against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
N.F. For higher expect ed chloride levels reduce t he w at er
sample size e.g. 25 ml sample w ill give st eps of 40 ppm
per t ablet used. For low er expect ed chloride levels
increase t he w at er sample volume e.g. 1OO ml sample
w ill give st eps of 1O ppm per t ablet used.
pH t est
7.5-14.0 For boiler w at er
6.5-10.0 For condensat e w at er
1. Take a 50 ml sample of w at er t o be t est ed in t he
plast ic sample cont ainer provided.
2. Using t he w hit e 0.6 grm scoop provided, add one
measure of t he pH reagent t o t he w at er sample, allow
t o dissolve - st ir if required.
3. Select t he correct range of pH t est st rip and dip it int o
t he w at er sample for approximat ely 10 seconds.
4. Wit hdraw t he st rip from t he sample and compare t he
colour obt ained w it h t he colour scale on t he pH
indicat or st rips cont ainer.
5. Record t he pH value obt ained on t he log sheet
provided, against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as
t aken.
Spares:
St andard replacement reagent s are available from your
Wilelmsen Ships Service Represent at ive.
REAGENTS RE ORDER Product no:
P. Alkalinit y t ablet s 661 555664
Chloride t ablet 661 739458
pH paper replacement pack
(7.5-14 & 5.5-10) and pH reagent ) 661 555706
EQUIPMENT:
250 ml sample bot t les 661 555557
Marine
Chemicals
108
SPECTRAPAK 315
Boi l er Wat er Treat ment Programme
Wat er Test Ki t s
Product no. 661 739490
The t est s recommended t o maint ain boiler w at er
w it hin t he desired level of qualit y w hen t reat ing w it h
Aut ot reat or Combit reat in conjunct ion w it h Oxygen
Scavenger Plus or Oxygen Cont rol are as follow s:
A. P-alkalinit y - Recommended Limit s:
100-300 ppm as CaCO
3
B. Chlorides - 200 ppm maximum as Cl-.
C. Condensat e pH - 8.3-9.0
D. Hot w ell t emperat ure - 70-90C
Dosage level of Aut ot reat / Combit reat is based on t he
P-alkalinit y value of t he boiler w at er. How ever,
chlorides and condensat e pH must also be cont rolled and
maint ained as recommended. Know ledge of all relevant
paramet ers is desirable t o enable bet t er int erpret at ion
and correct applicat ion of t reat ment . To increase t he
condensat e pH, use Unit or's Condensat e Cont rol in
conjunct ion w it h Combit reat . It is recommended t o dose
Condensat e Cont rol on a cont inuous basis, t o maint ain
t he condensat e pH w it hin t he recommended range of
8.3-9.0 at all t imes.
Cont rol l i ng Al kal i ni t y
The alkalinit y is a more accurat e indicat or of t he boiler
w at er condit ion t han pH w hen w at er qualit y is monit ored
manually. The phenolpht halein (P) Alkalinit y is measured
t o det ermine w het her t he correct condit ions of alkalinit y
exist in t he boiler.
Cont rol l i ng Chl ori des
The chloride value w ill reveal any presence of dissolved
salt s in t he boiler. An increase, gradual or sudden, in t he
level of chloride is an indicat ion of cont aminat ion by sea
w at er and t he chloride level is oft en used as a reference
point w hen cont rolling rat e of blow dow n.
pH BOILER
Recommended limit s of 9.5-11.0. An addit ional t est t o
det ermine t he pH of t he boiler w at er can be carried out t o
give a bet t er overall underst anding of t he boiler w at er
qualit y.
pH-Condensat e
To cont rol corrosion in a boiler, condensat e and feed
w at er sect ion, t he condensat e pH should be kept
bet w een 8.3-9.0. Monit oring t he pH of t his w at er is very
import ant in maint aining a complet e Boiler Wat er
Treat ment Programme.
TEST RESULTS - BOILER WATER TREATMENT
A. Recording - Alw ays use Unit or Wat erproof Soft w are t o
record all readings and t o keep t rack of all result s.
Frequency - Samples should be draw n, t est ed and
result s logged for each syst em minimum every t hree
days.
B. Report ing - The log file from Wat erproof should be
sent t o Wilhelmsen Ships Service for evaluat ion a mi-
nimum of once per mont h.
C. Evaluat ion
1. The log file w it h all t he result s w ill be review ed
at t he Wilhelmsen Ships Service for adherence t o
recommended specificat ions.
2. A report indicat ing t he st at us of t he ship's syst em,
any problems and relevant recommendat ions w ill
be issued t o t he desired e-mail addresses.
See also next page
Marine
Chemicals
109
SPECTRAPAK 315
Low Pressure Boiler Wat er Test Kit
Boiler Water Treatment Test Kit P. ALKALINITY, CHLORIDE & pH
Product no. 661 739490
P ALKALINITY TEST
1. Take a 200 ml w at er sample in t he st oppered bot t le
provided.
2. Add one P. Alkalinit y t ablet and shake t o disint egrat e.
If P. Alkalinit y is present t he sample w ill t urn blue.
3. Repeat t ablet addit ion unt il t he blue colour changes t o
permanent yellow.
Cal cul at i on
P. Alkalinity ppm (CaCO
3
) = (Number of tablets used x 20) -10.
For example:
lf 8 tablets are used then P. Alkalinity = (8 x 20) -10 = 150 ppm.
4. Mark t his result on t he log sheet s provided, against
t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
Chl ori de t est
1. For boilers under 30 bar (KG/ CM2) t ake a 50 ml
sample in t he st oppered bot t le provided.
2. Add one chloride t ablet and shake t o disint egrat e,
sample w ill t urn yellow if chlorides are present
3. Repeat t ablet addit ion unt il t he yellow colour changes
t o orange/ brow n.
Chl ori de (cont .) cal cul at i on (50 ml sampl e)
Chloride ppm = (number of t ablet s used x 20)-20 For
example: lf 4 t ablet s are used t hen
chloride ppm = (4 x 20) -20 = 60 ppm.
4. Mark t he result obt ained on t he log sheet s provided,
against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
N.B. For higher expect ed chloride levels reduce t he w at er
sample size e.g. 25 ml sample w ill give st eps of 40 ppm
per t ablet used. For low er expect ed chloride levels
increase t he w at er sample volume e.g. 1OO ml sample
w ill give st eps of 1O ppm per t ablet used.
pH t est
7.5-14.0 For boiler w at er
6.5-10.0 For condensat e w at er
1. Take a 50 ml sample of w at er t o be t est ed in t he
plast ic sample cont ainer provided.
2. Using t he w hit e 0.6 grm scoop provided, add one
measure of t he pH reagent t o t he w at er sample, allow
t o dissolve - st ir if required.
3. Select t he correct range of pH t est st rip and dip it int o
t he w at er sample for approximat ely 10 seconds.
4. Wit hdraw t he st rip from t he sample and compare t he
colour obt ained w it h t he colour scale on t he pH
indicat or st rips cont ainer.
5. Record t he pH value obt ained on t he log sheet
provided, against t he dat e on which t he t est was t aken.
SPARES:
St andard replacement reagent s are available from your
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Represent at ive.
REAGENTS Product no:
P. Alkalinit y t ablet s 661 555664
Chloride t ablet s 661 739458
pH paper replacement pack
(7.5-14 & 5.5-10) and pH reagent ) 661 555706
EQUIPMENT
250 ml sample bot t les 661 555557
Lovibond 2000 comparat or 661 555565
10 ml moulded cell 661 555599
Filt er paper 661 555730
Plast ic Funnel 661 573048
Beaker 661 568717
St irring rods plast ic 661 573055
Marine
Chemicals
110
SPECTRAPAK 311
Wat er Test Ki t s
Uni t or's Coordi nat ed Boi l er
Wat er Treat ment Programme
Product no 311: 661 739482
For medium and high pressure boilers, t he use of combin-
ed product t reat ment is not recommended. This is becau-
se higher pressures and t emperat ures increase t he t en-
dency of scaling and corrosion, w hich makes it
necessary t o change t he chemical condit ions and t est
paramet ers individually.
Hardness Cont rol
Hardness Cont rol is a phosphat e pow der product used in
boiler w at er t reat ment t o precipit at e dissolved calcium
hardness salt s and t o convert t hese salt s t o
non-adherent calcium phosphat e sludge, w hich can be
easily removed by blow dow n. Hardness Cont rol is highly
effect ive in achieving t his funct ion requiring
minimum dosages.
Al kal i ni t y Cont rol
Alkalinit y Cont rol is used t o obt ain t he correct pH
level necessary for t he phosphat e t reat ment t o react w it h
calcium salt s.
Di ssol ved Oxygen
The Spect rapak 311 t est kit can be ext ended for t est ing
t he presence of oxygen scavengers. Spect rapak 312 is
used as ext ension t o t est for Hydrazine w hen Oxygen
Cont rol is in use. Spect rapak 313 is used as ext ension t o
t est for DEHA w hen Oxygen Scavenger Plus is in use.
Cat al ysed Sodi um Sul phi t e L (l i qui d)
Unit or's cat alyzed sulphit e product is used as scavengers
in place of hydrazine w here economy is of import ance. It
should not be used in boilers at pressures above 30 bars
w here t he TDS level is crit ical.
Condensat e Cont rol
Condensat e Cont rol is a neut ralizing volat ile amine
recommended t o be used in all boiler syst ems for raising
t he pH of condensat e and st eam t o a non-corrosive level
(pH 8.3-9.0). The dosage is det ermined by t he result s of a
daily condensat e pH t est . Condensat e Cont rol should be
dosed using a cont inuous feed syst em daily.
SPECTRAPAK 311
Boiler Wat er Test Kit (Full Service)
Phosphat e, P. & M. Alkalinit y Chloride, pH
N.B. The oxygen scavenger t est is opt ional
(Spect rapack 312/ 313).
Product no 661 739482
PHOSPHATE (ppm p0
4
)
1. Take t he comparat or w it h t he 10 ml cells provided.
2. Slide t he phosphat e disc int o t he comparat or.
3. Filt er t he w at er sample int o bot h cells up t o t he 10 ml
mark.
4. Place one cell in t he left hand compart ment .
5. To t he ot her cell add one phosphat e t ablet , crush and
mix unt il complet ely dissolved.
6. Aft er 10 minut es place t his cell int o t he right hand
compart ment of t he comparat or.
7. Hold t he comparat or t ow ards a light .
8. Rot at e t he disc unt il a colour mat ch is obt ained.
9. Record t he result obt ained on t he log sheet provided,
against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
P. ALKALINITY (ppm CaC0
3
)
1. Take a 200 ml w at er sample in t he st oppered bot t le.
2. Add one p. Alkalinit y t ablet and shake or crush t o
disint egrat e.
3. If Alkalinit y is present t he sample w ill t urn blue.
4. Repeat t he t ablet addit ion, one at a t ime (giving t ime
for t he t ablet t o dissolve), unt il t he blue colour t urns t o
permanent yellow.
5. Count t he number of t ablet s used and carry out t he fol-
low ing calculat ion: p. Alkalinit y, ppm CaC03 =
(Number of Tablet s x 20) -10 e.g. 12 Tablet s = (12 x
20) -10 = 230 ppm CaCO3
6. Record t he result obt ained on t he log sheet provided,
against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
7. Ret ain t he sample for t he M. Alkalinit y t est .
SPECTRAPAK 311
See also next page
Marine
Chemicals
111
M. al kal i ni t y (ppm CaC0
3
)
1. To t he p. Alkalinit y sample add one m. Alkalinit y t ablet
and shake or crush t o disint egrat e.
2. Repeat t ablet addit ion, one at a t ime (giving t ime for
t he t ablet t o dissolve), unt il t he sample t urns t o
permanent red/ pink.
3. Count t he number t ablet s used and carry out t he follo-
w ing calculat ion: m. Alkalinit y, ppm CaC0
3
= (Number
of P&M t ablet s x 20) -10 e.g. If 12 P. and 5M. Alkalinit y
Tablet s are used M Alkalinit y = [ (12 + 5) x 20] -10 =
330 ppm CaC0
3
4. Record t he result obt ained on t he log sheet provided,
against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
Chl ori de (PPM Cl )
The range of chloride t o be t est ed det ermines t he size of
w at er samples used. The higher t he chloride level t he
smaller t he size of w at er sample used - t his saves
t ablet s.e.g.
For low chloride levels use 100 ml w at er sample. For
higher chloride levels use 50 ml w at er sample.
1. Take t he w at er sample in t he st oppered bot t le
provided.
2. Add one chloride t ablet and shake t o disint egrat e.
Sample w ill t urn yellow if chlorides are present .
3. Repeat t ablet addit ion, one at a t ime (giving t ime for
t he t ablet t o dissolve), unt il t he yellow colour changes
t o permanent red/ brow n.
4. Count t he number of t ablet s used and perform t he
follow ing calculat ion:
For 100 ml w at er sample - Chloride ppm = (Number
of t ablet s x 10) -10 e.g. 4 Tablet s = (4 x 10) -10 = 30
ppm chloride
For 50ml w at er sample:
Chloride ppm = (Number of Tablet s x 20) -20
e.g. 4 Tablet s = (4 x 20) -20 = 60 ppm
For higher expect ed chloride levels reduce w at er
sample volume, for low er chloride levels increase
w at er sample volume.
5. Record t he result obt ained on t he log sheet provided,
against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as t aken.
pH TEST
7.5-14.0 For boiler w at er
6.5-10.0 For condensat e w at er
1. Take a 50 ml sample of w at er t o be t est ed in t he
plast ic sample cont ainer provided.
2. Using t he w hit e 0.6 mm scoop provided, add one
measure of t he pH reagent t o t he w at er sample, allow
t o dissolve - st ir if required
3. Select t he correct range of pH t est st rip and dip it int o
t he w at er sample for approximat ely 10 seconds.
4. Wit hdraw t he st rip from t he sample and compare t he
colour obt ained w it h t he colour scale on t he pH
indicat or st rips cont ainer.
5. Record t he pH value obt ained on t he log sheet
provided, against t he dat e on w hich t he t est w as
t aken.
Spares
St andard spares packs for t he Spect rapak Test Kit range
are available from your local Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Represent at ive.
Spares f or t hi s Test Ki t - Spect rapak 311
REAGENTS Product no:
Phosphat e t ablet s 661 555649
Chloride t ablet s 661 739458
P. Alkalinit y t ablet s 661 555664
M. Alkalinit y t ablet s 661 555672
pH paper replacement pack
(7.5-14 & 5.5-10) and pH reagent 661 555706
Filt er paper 661 555730
Hydrazine reagent 661 555680
EQUIPMENT Product no:
250 ml samples bot t les 661 555557
Lovibond 2000 comparat or 661 555565
Phosphat e disc 3/ 70 661 555573
10 ml moulded cells 661 555599
Hydrazine disc 3/ 126 661 555581
Marine
Chemicals
112
SPECTRAPAK 312
Product no 312: 661 555490
Boi l er Wat er Treat ment Programme
Wat er Test Ki t s
The t est recommended t o ensure boiler w at er is free
from dissolved oxygen w hen using Unit or's Oxygen
Cont rol (Hydrazine, N
2
H
4
).
Hydrazine is a colourless liquid at ambient t emperat ures,
being complet ely mixable w it h w at er. It is used t o
efficient ly scavenge and remove oxygen from
condensat e, feedw at er, and boiler w at er. Hydrazine
react s w it h oxygen, act ing as a scavenger. The react ion
result s in nit rogen and w at er, no solids being added t o t he
boiler syst em. Some of t he hydrazine w ill carry over w it h
t he st eam, aiding in maint aining t he condensat e pH in an
alkaline range, w hich t hereby helps combat acid
format ion. Hydrazine w ill also form magnet it e w hich w ill
act as a prot ect ive layer against furt her corrosion.
SPECTRAPAK 312
Boiler Wat er Test Kit , Hydrazine
Product no. 555490
HYDRAZINE (PPM N
2
H
4
)
This is an opt ion t o t he Spect rapak 311 and 315. This t est
must be performed below 21C. A cooling coil should be
fit t ed at he sampling point or t he sample should be cooled
immediat ely under cold running w at er. Cloudy samples
should be filt ered before t est ing.
1. Take t he comparat or w it h t he 10 ml cells provided.
2. Slide t he hydrazine disc int o t he comparat or.
3. Add t he w at er sample t o bot h cells up t o t he 10ml
mark.
4. Place one cell in t he left hand compart ment of t he
comparat or.
5. To t he ot her cell add one measure of hydrazine pow er
(using t he black 1 grm scoop provided) and mix unt il
complet ely dissolved.
6. Wait 2 minut es and place t he cell in t he right hand
compart ment of t he comparat or.
7. Hold up t o t he light and rot at e t he disc unt il a colour
mat ch is obt ained.
8. Record t he reading show n as ppm hydrazine.
REAGENTS Product no:
Hydrazine reagent 661 555680
EQUIPMENT
Hydrazine disc 3/ 126 661 555581
Marine
Chemicals
113
SPECTRAPAK 313
Product no 313: 661 698746
Wat er Test Kit s
Boi l er Wat er Treat ment Programme
The t est recommended t o ensure boiler w at er is free of
dissolved oxygen w hen using Unit or's Oxygen
Scavenger Plus.
Cont rolling dissolved oxygen in boiler feed w at er and
boiler w at er is import ant t o avoid pit t ing corrosion in
boiler syst ems. Unit or's Oxygen Scavenger Plus
cont ains DEHA, a low t oxicit y oxygen scavenger t hat is
dist ribut ed t hroughout t he boiler syst em.
Dosage level of Oxygen Scavenger Plus is based on t he
DEHA value of t he condensat e w at er. Not e, a fresh
sample of condensat e should be draw n for t his analysis.
Great care should be t aken in sampling t o exclude
react ion of t he sample w it h at mospheric oxygen. For t his
purpose, use a 60 ml st oppered glass bot t le. The sample
point should be fit t ed w it h a sample cooler, capable of
cooling t he sample t o below 30C. DEHA - Recommended
Limit s in condensat e: 0.08 - 0.30 PPM DEHA.
Test Resul t s - Boi l er Wat er Treat ment
A. Recording - Alw ays use Unit or Wat erproof Soft w are t o
record all readings and t o keep t rack of all result s.
Frequency - Samples should be draw n, t est ed and re-
sult s logged for each syst em minimum every t hree
days.
B. Report ing - The log file from Wat erproof should be
sent t o Wilhelmsen Ships Service for evaluat ion a mi-
nimum of once per mont h.
C. Evaluat ion
1. The log file w it h all t he result s w ill be review ed at
t he Wilhelmsen Ships Service for adherence t o re-
commended specificat ions.
2. A report indicat ing t he st at us of t he ship's syst em,
any problems and relevant recommendat ions w ill
be issued t o t he desired e-mail addresses.
SPECTRAPAK 313
Boiler Wat er Test Kit
Boiler Wat er Treat ment Test Kit DEHA,
Product no: 661 698746
Spares:
St andard replacement reagent s are available from your
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Represent at ive
REAGENTS Product no:
DEHA t est solut ion 661 698761
DEHA t est t ablet s 661 698753
EQUIPMENT Product no:
DEHA disc (3/ 170) 661 698928
30ml amber sample bot t le 661 698936
60ml sample bot t le 661 698944
DEHA Test
1. Fill t he 60 ml bot t le w it h sample direct from t he
sample cooler by immersing t he out let t ube t o t he
bot t om of t he bot t le. Let t he sample flow and fill t he
bot t le and overflow for one minut e.
2. Gent ly remove t he bot t le from t he sample out let t ube
so t hat t he sample cont inues t o overflow.
3. Gent ly place t he st opper in t he bot t le so t hat a small
amount of sample is expelled and t hat no air bubbles
are t rapped under t he st opper.
4. Cool t he out side of t he bot t le w it h cold running w at er
if t he sample feels w arm. Remove t he st opper.
5. Carefully pour t he sample int o a 10 ml moulded cell,
filling t o t he 10 ml line.
6. Transfer t his 10 ml int o t he amber glass bot t le by
pouring slow ly dow n t he side of t he bot t le.
7. Add 6 drops of DEHA t est solut ion by holding t he
plast ic bot t le vert ically and squeezing gent ly. Sw irl t o
mix.
8. Now add one DEHA t est t ablet t o t he bot t le. Crush
and mix w ell t o dissolve. Allow t o st and for exact ly 10
minut es.
9. Whilst w ait ing, decant anot her 10 ml of original
sample int o t he 10 ml cell and add one DEHA t est
t ablet .
10. Crush and mix w ell t o dissolve t hen place t he cell in
t he left hand compart ment of t he comparat or. Slide
t he DEHA disc int o t he comparat or.
11. Aft er t he 10 minut e st anding period is complet e, pour
t he t est solut ion from t he amber glass bot t le int o
a clean 10 ml cell and place in t he right hand
compart ment of t he comparat or.
12. Immediat ely mat ch t he colour against t he disc by
holding t he comparat or facing a good source of
daylight if possible.
13. Record t he reading as ppm DEHA.
Marine
Chemicals
114
HIGH PRESSURE BOILER WATER TEST KIT
Mul t i Di rect
Product number: Mult idirect kit 661 729590
Accurat e monit oring of boiler- feed- and condensat e-
w at er samples is of increasing import ance w it h higher
Boiler pressure and evaporat ion rat e. The higher t he
operat ing pressure of t he boiler, t he narrow er t he
specificat ions for t he qualit y w ill be. Because t he narrow
range for t he various paramet ers normally checked (like
hydrazine, phosphat e et c.), t he accuracy of t he t est
procedure used should also increase w it h t he operat ing
pressure of t he boiler. Most t reat ment paramet ers are
analysed by colorimet ric met hods, and t o improve t he
accuracy of t he t est met hod, an advanced phot omet er is
included in t he Unit or Mult idirect kit . The phot omet er
eliminat es t he reliance on correct colour percept ion by
t he human eye. Easy t o use handheld conduct ivit y and
pH met ers are also included in t he kit .
Syst em Speci f i cat i ons
The kit is designed as a port able kit w it h hardw are and
reagent s in separat e convenient cases. The phot omet er
is supplied w it h re-chargeable bat t eries and mains cable
for mult i-volt age pow er supply.
The phot omet er is equipped w it h a foil keypad, scrat ch
and acid/ solvent resist ant . The elect ronic component s
are sealed, making t he inst rument splash proof.
When operat ing t he phot omet er, applicable w at er
paramet ers are list ed in a menu on t he screen. The user
select s t he desired paramet er met hod, and inst ruct ions
for sample preparat ion, reagent s, zero calibrat ion and
t est ing are provided on screen. When t he t est is
complet e t he result is displayed.
The kit is supplied w it h 24mm and 16 mm vials for
t est ing. Reagent s for t he most common paramet ers area
also included. Reagent s packs for all st andard
paramet ers are available in addit ion t o a range of opt ional
reagent packs. Cert ain paramet ers in addit ion t o t he ones
ment ioned in t able below can be offered on special
request . For queries about addit ional paramet ers, please
cont act Wilhelmsen Ships Service.
Operat i on
For accurat e t est result s using t he phot omet er it is
import ant t hat t he posit ioning mark on t he cell is aligned
w it h t he posit ioning mark next t o t he cell compart ment . It
is also import ant t o ensure t hat t he t est cell is clean w hen
performing a t est w it h t he phot omet er as i.e. finger marks
on t he t est cell can affect t he accuracy of t he reading.
For each analysis, t he inst rument w ill perform a zero
calibrat ion. This calibrat ion is t ypically performed w it h t he
applicable w at er sample prior t o adding t he reagent (s)
and w ill help eliminat e int erference by i.e. slight ly
discoloured w at er samples.
The informat ion in t he display w ill guide t he user t hrough
t he st eps of performing t he each t est . Det ailed
descript ion of each t est procedure is provided in t he
manual.
Paramet ers
St andard paramet ers (reagent s included)
Refill product number:
P.Alkalinit y 661 729491
M.Alkalinit y 661 729509
Ammonia 661 729517
Chloride 661 729525
Hardness 661 729533
Hydrazine t est pow der 661 555680
Phosphat e 661 729541
Silica 661 729558
pH Buffer t ablet s (7&10) 661 729632
pH reagent (condit ioner) 661 568873
See also next page
Marine
Chemicals
115
St andard opt ional paramet ers
Refill product number:
DEHA t ablet s* 661 698753
DEHA solut ion* 661 698753
Hydrazine Vials 661 729566
Dissolved Oxygen Vials 661 729574
Phosphat e Vials 661 729582
Copper 661 729616
Iron LR 661 729624
Conduct ivit y neut ral soln. 661 568691
St andard solut ion cond. 661 568683
* Reagent s for DEHA t est are supplied individually; bot h
reagent s are necessary t o perform t he DEHA t est . For
ot her paramet ers all necessary reagent s are supplied as
one pack.
Handl i ng of t he Reagent Tabl et s
Tablet reagent s represent an accurat e and safe w ay of
chemical t est ing. Our t ablet s are produced according t o
t he most st ringent qualit y requirement s, for high precision
in t est result s. For best accuracy, bot h t he t ablet and t he
foil packaging should be free from physical damage
(scrat ches et c.). Damaged reagent s should be disposed
of. A t ablet reagent in sealed foil packaging offers
superior shelf life propert ies compared w it h i.e. liquid
reagent s.
When using t ablet reagent s, t are t he foil next t o t he
t ablet , and let t he t ablet fall int o t he cell. Touching t he
t ablet should be avoided for safe handling and t o avoid
possible cont aminat ion of t he sample.
Count dow n Funct i on
In some met hods, t he phot omet er is programmed w it h a
specified t ime aft er adding t he reagent t o t est ing t he
w at er sample. The t ime fact or appears in t he display aft er
t he t est key is pressed. The t ime remaining aft er t he key
w as pressed is cont inuously show n in t he display. An
audible signal sounds during t he last t en seconds prior t o
expiry of t he w ait ing t ime. The t est result is t hen show n in
t he display. The count dow n funct ion can be disabled,
how ever t his w ill in most cases reduce t he accuracy of
t he t est .
Handhel d met ers
The Mult idirect kit is equipped w it h handheld met ers for
checking conduct ivit y and pH. As any elect rode based
met er, t hese inst rument s must be calibrat ed regularly t o
ensure accurat e result s.
The handheld met ers can be re-ordered as individual
product s:
Product number
pH met er 661 607800
Conduct ivit y met er 661 607801
Techni cal dat a f or handhel d met ers:
CHECKIT micro pH Conduct ivit y
Range 0 t o 14 pH 0 t o 1990 S/cm
Resolut ion 0.1 pH 10 S/cm
Calibrat ion (4), 7, 10 pH 1400 S/cm
Operat ing
Temperat ure Range 0- 50C 0- 50C
Marine
Chemicals
116
TEST KIT COOLTREAT AL WITH CL TEST
Product no: 666 758904
Sampl i ng and t est i ng
Sampl i ng of Di esel engi nes
Accessible sampling cocks should exist on all cooling
syst ems for each diesel engine. This including, but not
limit ed t o, main jacket w at er, pist on cooling, fuel oil valve,
auxiliary engines, low t emperat ure syst ems, et c. A
represent at ive sample must be t aken from each cooling
w at er syst em t o be t est ed. To minimize t he effort in
obt aining cooling w at er samples, a sample cock locat ed
in a posit ion t o draw a sample/ having access t o draw t he
sample quickly and easily, w ill make t he t ask of draw ing
samples simple. Before t aking t he sample t he sampling
line if present , should be t horoughly flushed w it h cooling
w at er t o ensure a represent at ive sample is used for
t est ing. In each case of draw ing a sample, t he cont ainer
should be filled w it h t he w at er t o be t est ed, sealed and
labelled. It is advisable t o conduct t he appropriat e t est s
w it hin 30 minut es of draw ing t he sample, alt hough t his
t ime limit can be ext ended w hen t he sample cont ainer is
complet ely filled and sealed.
The t est s recommended t o maint ain cooling w at er w it hin
prescribed limit s w hen using Unit or Coolt reat AL are as
follow s:
pH: Recommended l i mi t s 7.09.5
The effect iveness of a corrosion inhibit or is rest rict ed t o
w it hin a cert ain pH range. Deviat ions from t he recom-
mended range may indicat e of ext ernal cont aminat ion of
t he syst em. pH t est :
1. Dip one of t he t est st rips int o t he w at er sample so t hat
t he colour zone is complet ely immersed for minimum
10 seconds.
2. Compare t he colour obt ained w it h t he reference, and
read off t he print ed pH value.
Cool t reat AL concent rat i on t est : Recommended
minimum level 5%.
The Coolt reat AL concent rat ion should be maint ained at a
minimum of 5% in t he engine cooling w at er. For syst ems
w here glycol is added for frost prot ect ion, a minimum
concent rat ion of 8% is recommended. At concent rat ions
below t he recommended minimum levels, t he corrosion
prot ect ion provided by t he inhibit or product w ill not be as
efficient .
Chl ori de t est ; recommended chl ori de l evel bel ow
50 ppm.
1. Remove a t it rat or from bot t le and replace cap
immediat ely.
2. Insert low er end of t it rat or int o solut ion. Do not allow
solut ion t o reach yellow complet ion band at t op of
t it rat or.
CONSUMABLES Product no:
Coolt reat consumables rep pack,
plast ic component s 666 735761
Coolt reat reagent rep pack,
liquid reagent s 666 735746
Chloride t it rat or reagent 666 758912
SPARES
Coolt reat t est shaker t ube 666 735738
3. Allow solut ion t o complet ely sat urat e w ick of t it rat or.
React ion is complet e w hen yellow band t urns dark.
4. Not e w here t he t ip of t he w hit e chloride peak falls on
t he numbered Quant ab scale. This represent s t he
Quant ab unit value.
5. Refer t o t he t able t o convert Quant ab unit s int o salt
concent rat ion.
Cool t reat AL i nhi bi t or concent rat i on t est procedure:
1. Rinse t he shaker t ube w it h clean w at er before use.
2. Fill t he 1ml syringe t o above t he 1.0ml mark w it h
Coolt reat reagent - ensure t here are no air bubbles
t rapped. Set t he plunger at t he 1.0ml line.
NOTE: Check t hat no drops are on t he syri nge t i p,
and t hen ej ect t he 1ml int o t he shaker t ube
pushi ng t he pl unger f ul l y dow n.
Touch t he t i p of t he syri nge agai nst t he si de of
t he t ube t o col l ect t he l ast drop.
3. Add 10 drops of Coolt reat indicat or from t he dropper
bot t le t he solut ion w ill t urn red.
4. Fill a disposable pipet t e w it h sample w at er. Add
sample w at er a few drops at a t ime, sw irling t he t ube
w it h each addit ion. The colour w ill change t o a cloudy
purple, t hen a greyish colour. Add sample drop by drop
at t his point unt il a permanent green t int is produced.
5. Read t he '% Coolt reat ' in t he sample from t he liquid
level in t he t ube
Marine
Chemicals
117
DOSING SYSTEM FOR WATER TREATMENT AND
FUEL OIL TREATMENT
Cl eani ng and Dosi ng Equi pment
Opt i onal accessory
Alarm kit : 664 683771
Consult your Wilhelmsen Ships Service service engineer
for advice.
The st andard dosi ng uni t consi st s of :
1. Elect ronic met ering pump
2. Dosing cont ainer
3. Adjust able suct ion assembly, w it h float sw it ch
4. Dosing t ube
5. Inject ion valve assembly for hot syst ems, complet e
w it h 1 met re st ainless st eel pipe
Recommended i nst al l at i on l ayout .
Information required w hen considering installation:
1. Treat ment flow rat e
2. Pressure of t he syst em int o w hich t he t reat ment is
being dosed
3. Available volt age 100240 V
1. Boi l er Wat er Treat ment
Dosing valve int o t he boiler w at er feedline aft er t he
re-circulat ion line.
Product Product no.
Boiler w at er t reat ment dosing unit 664 619312
Spares:
Spare BETA pump Boiler w at er t reat ment dosing unit 664 683730
Spare part s kit Boiler w at er t reat ment pump* 664 683706
2. Seaw at er Treat ment
Dosing valve int o any convenient place in t he circulat ion
syst em.
Product Product no.
Seaw at er syst em dosing unit 664 619338
Addit ional dosing point opt ion 664 619890
Spares:
Spare BETA pump Seawat er wat er t reat ment dosing unit 664 683740
Spare part s kit Seaw at er t reat ment pump* 664 683714
3. Fuel Oi l Treat ment
Consult your Wilhelmsen Ships Service service engineer
for advice regarding t he dosing valve.
Product Product no.
Fuel oil t reat ment dosing unit 664 619353
Spares:
Spare BETA pump Fuel oil t reat ment dosing unit 664 683698
Spare part s kit Fuel oil t reat ment pump* 664 683722
Spares ki t s f or ol d dosi ng st at i ons (gamma pumps):
Spare part s kit Boiler w at er t reat ment pump* 664 670141
Spare part s kit Seaw at er t reat ment pump* 664 670125
Spare part s kit Fuel oil t reat ment pump* 664 670133
* Spare part s kit cont ains: Diaphragm, Complet e O-rings set , Pump inlet
and out let valves and pieces for t ube connect ions.
Marine
Chemicals
118
DOSING SYSTEM FOR EVAPORATOR TREATMENT
Cl eani ng and Dosi ng Equi pment
This easily inst alled dosing equipment consist s of:

60 lit re Polyet hylene t ank.

Adjust able flow met er.

Pipew ork includes 5 m PVC coil, fit t ings and valves.


Consult your Unit or service engineer for advice.
N.B. An elect ronic met ering pump for t hese applicat ions
can also be supplied Use product no. 683730 as an
elect rical met ering pump
Product no: 664 656207
Recommended inst allat ion layout for
Evaporat or t reat ment
Ai r Cool er Cl eaner Inj ect i on Syst em
Unit or air cooler cleaner Inject ion Syst em Layout
Test s show t hat vessels using t his t ype of inject ion
equipment w it h chemical cleaners such as air cooler
cleaner suffer no degradat ion of cylinder lubricat ion and
liner w ear rat es are not increased.
As t he air cooler size and posit ion, (baffle plat es et c.) vary
from engine t o engine, Wilhelmsen Ships Service service
engineers can help you find t he opt imum solut ion for pla-
cing t he inject ors.
Large engines w ill normally require t w o inject ors per
cooler, but one inject or is usually sufficient for medium
and small engines.
Dosi ng Procedure
1. Check t hat valves A, B & C are closed
2. Thoroughly mix up a 25% solut ion of air cooler cleaner
and fresh w at er and pour t his int o t he dosing pot .
3. Open valve 'A' allow ing compressed air t o t he inject or
nozzle(s).
4. When t w o inject ors are inst alled, t he air cooler cleaner
solut ion should be dosed separat ely t o each inject or.
Turn t he 'T' valves D and E t o t he correct line t o supply
t he inject or.
5. Open valves 'B' and 'C' t o balance t he pressure. The
emulsion solut ion w ill now be draw n dow n int o t he
inject or and be at omised in t he scavenge air t runking.
It should t ake about 10 minut es t o empt y t he dosing pot .
6. Close valves A, B & C.
7. Aft er a residence t ime of 10 minut es repeat sequence
of operat ion above using one full dosing pot fresh wat er.
8. Repeat t his procedure every 24 t o 48 hours,
depending on t he requirement s of t he t ype of engine
and sizes of air coolers.
Consi st i ng of :
Product no:
1. St ainless st eel 6 lit re cont ainer 664 567149
2. Inject or 664 567156
Inst allat ion
layout example:
Marine
Chemicals
119
CLEANING AND DOSING EQUIPMENT
Rechargeabl e sprayers
The sensible alt ernat ive t o aerosols, using compressed air
inst ead of CFC propellant s.
The At omizer Sprayer is easy t o operat e. Fill t he sprayer
unit unt il about t w o t hirds full w it h your choice of cleaner,
pressurize it w it h t he on board available compressed air
and t he sprayer is ready t o use.
Opt imum w orking pressure is 6 t o 8 bar, but efficient
operat ion is possible at pressures from 4 t o 13 bar.
Feat ures, Benef i t s and Appl i cat i ons

Environment ally safe

Rechargeable

Easy t o maint ain

Versat ile

Economical
Sui t abl e f or Uni t or product s such as

Enviroclean

Fore and Aft

Coldw ash HD

Uniw ash

Elect rosolv-E

Aquabreak PX
Ext ensi on pi ece and di f f erent nozzl es avai l abl e:
Pi n st ream
Solid pin st ream pat t ern. For applicat ions w here splash
coverage is preferred or deeper penet rat ion is required
(such as penet rat ing oil, lubricat ing oil, insect icide, et c.
Ideal for dist ant or inaccessible areas. Effect ive range up
t o 20 feet .
Product no: 664 572206
Fi ne mi st
Solid cone pat t ern, fine densit y. For use w it h light er
liquids and applicat ions t hat require ext ra uniformit y such
as mold release agent s and dry cleaning fluids.
Product no: 664 572214
Ri gi d 6-i nch, ext ensi on pi ece
Product no: 664 572230
Model A: 0,5 lit re st ainless st eel sprayer.
Product no: 664 572156
Model B: 1 lit re chrome plat ed brass sprayer w it h
pressure guard.
Product no: 664 572172
Pin st ream nozzle
Fine mist nozzle
Ext ension piece
Model A Model B
Marine
Chemicals
120
CLEANING AND DOSING EQUIPMENT
Sprayi ng Devi ces
Spray Gun, 1 Li t re
DESCRIPTION
The Spray Gun has been designed for efficient spraying of
Unit or's range of Elect rosolvent s and Solvent Degreasers.
The adjust able nozzle allow s for easy adjust ment of t he
fluid discharge from a fine spray t o a solid jet .
Appl i cat i on
1. Unscrew t he cont ainer from t he spray gun, fill it w it h
t he chemical and screw it on t he spray gun again.
2. Alt ernat ively put t he end on an ext ended PVC hose
direct ly int o t he drum of Unit or chemicals.
3. Pull t rigger t o spray.
4. Adjust nozzle for desired spray pat t ern.
5. If only an air st ream is required w it hout chemicals for
drying, simply screw t he nozzle all t he w ay back.
Usage
El ect ri cal equi pment - such as cont rol panels, mot ors,
generat ors, et c. can be cleaned easily by spraying Unit or
Elect rosolv-E direct ly on t he soiled areas.
Cl eani ng and Degreasi ng - of bulkheads, engine
part s, w inches, t anks, et c. can be accomplished by
spraying on Coldw ash HD, Seaclean Plus, Seaclean,
Enviroclean or Aquabreak PX.
Oi l Spi l l s - can be dispersed quickly by spraying Seacare
OSD or Seacare Ecosperse on spill and t hen w ashing
aw ay w it h w at er.
Pai nt ed Surf aces - can be cleaned rapidly by spraying
on dilut ed Uni-Wash.
Product no: 664 592568
JET SPRAY UNIT
Descri pt i on
The Jet Spray Unit is ideal for applying
Unit or Elect rosolvent s, Degreasers, and
cleaning chemicals.
The Jet Spray Unit is supplied complet e
w it h Inst ant aneous Cont rol Lance, Cone
Spray Nozzle, Charge Pump, Pressure
Gauge and Relief Valve (set t o operat e at
6 bar).
To assembl e
Fit lance t ube t o t rigger cont rol valve and
connect hose t o out let of t he cont ainer,
ensuring t hat all w ashers are in place.
Test machine w it h w at er t o ensure t hat
it is in correct w orking order.
To operat e
Remove complet e pump by pressing
dow n on handle, engaging lugs and un-
screw ing. Pour in up t o, but not more
t han, 9 lit res of spray liquid.
Replace pump; screw home firmly ont o
rubber sealing ring. Charge w it h air unt il
point er of Pressure Gauge reaches t he
red line (5 bar). Low er pressures can be
used if desired. The Sprayer is now
ready for use.
Care must be t aken w hen removing
pump from cont ainer w hilst under
pressure. Gradually unscrew pump only
a few t hreads - unt il t he compressed air
is heard t o escape.
Mai nt enance
THIS UNIT MUST BE THOROUGHLY
WASHED OUT IMMEDIATELY AFTER
USE w it h w at er, shaking t he unit w ell
and spraying t he w at er out . Remove
nozzle t o save t ime.
Product no:
10 lt r mild st eel 664 572099
10 lt r st ainless st eel 664 572123
SYPHON SQUEEZER
FOR 25 LITRE CONTAINERS
The Syphon Squeezer has been
developed t o avoid spillages of cleaner.
Put t he suct ion end of t he Syphon
Squeezer int o t he cont ainer opening
and t he flexible end in a bucket . Squeeze
t he syphon bulb several t imes, unt il t he
required amount of cleaner has been
t ransferred from t he 25 lit re cont ainer t o
t he bucket .
Product no: 664 572024
Marine
Chemicals
121
CLEANING AND DOSING EQUIPMENT
Uni t or Ul t rasoni c S-700/HM 230 V
General Descri pt i on
The Unit or Ult rasonic S-700/ HM is a port able ult rasonic cleaning unit w it h
t he follow ing feat ures: bot t om drain, basket w it h long handles and a fra-
me for secure fast ening t o t he floor. This unit is designed for use w it h w a-
t er-based as w ell as solvent based chemicals. Applicat ions may include
fuel and lube oil filt ers, inject ion nozzles, fuel and pump part s, inlet and ex-
haust valves et c.
Pri nci pl e
Ult rasonics is t he t echnology dealing w it h mechanical sound w aves at
frequencies above t he audible range. Ult rasonic cleaning is based on t he
ut ilisat ion of t hese ext remely high-frequency w aves t o "scrub off" surfa-
ces immersed in a liquid medium, usually w at er. The scrubbing act ion is
accomplished by a phenomenon know n as cavit at ion.
Advant ages of t he Uni t or ULTRASONIC S-700/HM
1. Thorough non-dest ruct ive cleaning by means of sound w aves penet ra-
t ing int o crevices and cavit ies, facilit at ing cleaning of ot herw ise inac-
cessible areas. Allow s use of chemicals w it h less environment al expo-
sure.
2. Removes deposit s, soil and fouling complet ely. Low, or hardly not ice-
able audible noise. Time saving.
3. Minimizes effluent disposal problems. Requires lit t le manpow er, set
t he t ime w it h t he t imer and it w orks by it self. Economical in use.
A specially developed cleaning agent for ult rasonic use, Unit or USC is re-
commended, but t he Unit may also be used t oget her w it h t he follow ing
Unit or product s: Met al Brit e, Enviroclean, Coldw ash HD and Aquabreak
PX.
Speci f i cat i ons:
Capacit y: 76 lt r. t ot al.
Tank w orking volume: 51 lt r.
Mat erial Tank: St ainless St eel V2A
Mat erial Casing: St ainless St eel V2A
Weight : 55 kg.
Ext ernal
measurement s: 640 mm (L),
540 mm (W),
830* mm (H)
Int ernal
measurement s: 550 mm (L),
300 mm (W),
470 mm (H)
Basket
measurement s: 500 mm (L),
225 mm (W),
240* mm (H)
Mesh size of basket : 12 x 1.5 mm
Mains volt age: 1 x 230 V/ 50 and 60 Hz
Mains Connect ion: 1 phase, 1N, 1PE
Max overall Power: 2750 W
Heat ing: 2200 W, t emperat ure
adjust able 2080 C
Effect ive Ult rasonic
Pow er: 500 W
Max Ult rasonic
Pow er: 1000 W
Prot ect ion Class: IP 32
Product no:
Ult rasonic cleaning unit
S 700/ HM 230 volt AC. 664 766881
* including support st ruct ure
A range of Unit or Ult rasonic Cleaning Unit s specially designed for use in t he ships engine room.
Techni cal dat a
Unit or Ult rasonic Cleaner Unit or Ult rasonic Cleaner Unit or Ult rasonic Cleaner
S-1600 / HM S-2000 / HM S-3000 / HM
230V AC 230V AC 400V AC
Ext ernal measurement 740 x 730 x 830* mm 910 x 740 x 830* mm 1240 x 800 x 990* mm
L x W x D
Int ernal measurement 650 x 500 x 520 mm 820 x 500 x 500 mm 1150 x 550 x 620 mm
L x W x D
Capacit y 165 lt r. 208 lt r. 300 lt r.
Mat erial St ainless st eel St ainless st eel St ainless st eel
V2A V2A V2A
Heat ing 2200 W 2200 W 6000 W
Adjust able 2080 C Adjust able 2080 C Adjust able 2080 C
Connect ed pow er 3050 W 3250 W 8050 W
HF-cont inuous out put 800 W 1000 W 2000 W
Operat ing frequency 37 kHz 37 kHz 37 kHz
Drainage Ball valve Ball valve Ball valve
Timer 0120 min., 0120 min., 0120 min.,
Cont inuous operat ion Cont inuous operat ion Cont inuous operat ion
St ainless st eel lid included Yes Yes Yes
Basket included Yes Yes Yes
Produc No. 664 766907 664 766923 664 766949
Ult rasonic Cleaning Unit T-1300 / H w it h addit ional Ult rasonic generat ors in t ank w alls = Ult rasonic T-1330
H/ 2. Product No. 664 720920
Ult rasonic Cleaning Unit s T-1060 400V / 50 Hz and T-1100 440V / 60 Hz available on request .
Our range of MULTI-FREQUENCY GENERATORS and IMMERSIBLE TRANSDUCERS are
desi gned f or i nst al l at i on i n new or exi st i ng st eel t anks t o i mprove t he speed and ef f ect i veness
of t he w ashi ng process. Avai l abl e on request .
Marine
Chemicals
122
NOTES
Marine
Chemicals
123
NOTES
Marine
Chemicals
124
NOTES

Вам также может понравиться